mmmm&mBm$m'v^'^^^^^ 
 
 UC-NRLF 
 
 B M 577 DbD 
 
 ;r<:v Nir^ ."vy .-i 
 
 ;';'7-;';:,ov<'-- 
 
^^^^k;^^^^^,..^^^^^^^^^^^ 
 
 nioersit^ of ^;^ 
 4^ California ^ 
 
/^ 
 
v^ 
 
THE EXAMINATION 
 
 OF 
 
 INSURANCE COMPANIES 
 
 A Series of Talks to the Members of His 
 Office Staff 
 
 BY 
 
 S. HERBERT WOLFE, F. S. S. 
 
 Consulting Actuary 
 
 Author of "Inheritance Tax Calculations," "Modified Premiums 
 
 and Costs," Etc. 
 
 NEW YORK 
 
 THE INSURANCE PRESS 
 1910 
 
t^&',1 
 
 <30 
 
 '/■/ 
 
 ^cO 
 
 Copyright, igio, by 
 S. Herbert Wolfe 
 
 J. B. LYON COMPANY 
 
 PRINTERS AND BINDERS 
 
 ALBANY, N. Y. 
 
PREFACE 
 
 On numerous occasions the members of my office 
 staff have evidenced a desire to consult reference 
 books which would enable them to obtain information 
 on points connected with their examining and their 
 auditing work; my inability to direct them to proper 
 sources of information led me to institute a system of 
 brief talks upon the topics connected with their work. 
 
 During the summer of 1910 I was asked by the New 
 York State Civil Service Commission to participate in 
 the oral examination of candidates for the position of 
 Assistant Examiner of the Insurance Department of 
 the State of New York. Many of the aitswers given by 
 the candidates indicated the same need for informa- 
 tion which had been expressed by my own assistants. 
 
 Department and company officials to whom I hap- 
 pened to mention these facts, suggested the advisa- 
 bility of putting these talks in some permanent form, 
 so that they could be of use not only to the members 
 of my own staff, but to Departmental Examiners and 
 to assist the accounting departments of companies in 
 the solution of the numerous problems which arise in 
 connection with their annual statement work. 
 
 In conformity with that suggestion, I offer this book 
 to those who may need it, and wish merely to state 
 that it was not my intention to prepare a learned 
 treatise on the practice and theory of supervision and 
 accounts, but merely to give to my fellow-workers the 
 
 [3] 
 
 211710 
 
4 Preface 
 
 benefit of the rules which I have found advantageous 
 in the large number of examinations and audits with 
 which I have been connected. It will be noted that it 
 has been my attempt to impart the knowledge by sug- 
 gestion rather than by direct statement. In this way, 
 the reasons for the various treatments have been de- 
 veloped and the logic of the situations has been shown 
 more clearly. 
 
 Whenever it became necessary in my talks to refer 
 to specific statutes, the sections or parts of sections 
 applicable were read ; I have reproduced them in this 
 book in the form of appendices rather than to cumber 
 the text with extensive quotations. 
 
 S. Herbert Wolfe. 
 
 165 Broadway, New York, N. Y., 
 December, 1910. 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Preface 3 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 The development of supervision — Personal attitude of the examiner — 
 Qualities he should possess — His attitude towards ofl&cials of company 
 under examination 9 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 Limitation on real estate holdings — Examination of title — Title insur- 
 ance — Purchases from officers or interested parties — Methods of 
 appraisal — Certificates of extension 16 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 Mortgages — Limited to percentage of value of property — Abstract — 
 Appraisal — Fire insvu-ance poHcies — " Purchase money mortgages " 
 — Notice to mortgagor — Guaranteed mortgages — Transfer of tax 
 lien 22 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 Bonds — Different forms of bonded indebtedness — Railroad bonds — 
 Registered and coupon bonds — Directors not to be interested in sales or 
 purchases — Evidence of ownership 30 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 Difference between bonds and stocks — Danger in stock investments — 
 Preferred, common and guaranteed stocks — Collateral loans — " Win- 
 dow dressing " — Collateral loans contrasted with poHcy loans 38 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 Cash in ofiice and in bank — Percentage of cash to invested assets — Cer- 
 tificate from banking institutions — Interest bearing and non-interest 
 bearing accounts — Pohcy loans — Liens and their sources — Premium 
 notes 46 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Miscellaneous assets — BiUs receivable — Furniture and fixtxires — 
 Accrued interest — Rent paid in advance — Reinsurance due — Agents' 
 balances — Deferred premiums — Uncollected premiums — "Paid for" 
 
 and " written " bases — Uncollected assessments of fratemals 53 
 
 16] 
 
6 Table of Contents 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. PAGK 
 
 Loading on uncollected and deferred premiums — Disallowed or non- 
 admitted assets — Loans on capital stock — Supplies and printed 
 matter — Commuted commissions — Cash advanced to officers — 
 Excess credits — Depreciation in securities — Premiums outstanding 
 more than ninety days — Appreciation 63 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 Amortization of bonds piu-chased above par — Accumulation of bonds 
 purchased below par — Incorrect methods of treating premiums and 
 discounts — Necessary factors 70 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 Liabilities — Net value of life insiu-ance policies — Net terminal value — 
 Mean reserve — Unearned premiums — Unearned premiums on marine 
 policies — Perpetual poUcies — Reinsurance 80 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 Surrender values claimable — Different forms of death claim liabilities — 
 Resisted claims — Accident and health claims — Contingency reserve. . 89 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 Fire losses — Plate glass losses — FideUty and surety policies or bonds 
 distinguished — Inability to keep track of issues — Suggested remedies 
 — Salvage — Co-surety — Depository bonds 97 
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 
 Special liabilities — Credit policies — Definition — Methods of treating 
 accounts with insolvent debtors — Liability poUcies distinguished from 
 workmen's collective poUcies — New York and Michigan methods of 
 computing reserves 104 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 Miscellaneous liabilities — Special or advisory board contracts — Taxes 
 due or accrued — Borrowed money — Capital stock — Sale of stock in 
 connection with life insurance forbidden 115 
 
 CHAPTER XV. 
 Commissions on uncollected premiums — Dividend liabilities of life com- 
 panies — Annual and deferred dividends — Restrictions placed on 
 dividends by New York statutes — By Ohio statutes — Items of divi- 
 dend hability in statement blank — Tontine poUcies — Sources of 
 dividends 124 
 
Table of Contents 
 
 CHAPTER XVI. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Departmental examinations not audits — The trial balance — Premium 
 income — The two bases — " Pohcy holders' basis" — Various sources 
 of^nterest — Other items of income — Premium on capital stock 133 
 
 CHAPTER XVII. 
 
 Evidence of disbursements — Voucher-cheques — Losses — Payments in 
 installments — Net losses, surrender values and dividends — Other dis- 
 bursements — Profit and loss 141 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 Development of schedules in annual statement blanks — Analysis and 
 explanation of schedules A to Y, inclusive of Ufe blank 149 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 Additional schedule for fraternals — Schedules in blank used by fidelity, 
 surety, credit and liability companies — Detailed classification of 
 fidelity and surety risks 158 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 Schedules and their application to financial portions of statement — 
 Method of checking details shown in schedules with items in other por- 
 tions of statement 167 
 
 CHAPTER XXI. 
 
 Excise bonds — Special feature in New York State — Excise reinsurance 
 agreement — Its method of operation — Guaranty of bills of lading — 
 Other forms of guaranteed certificates 175 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. 
 
 Limitation of risk — Logic of statutes — Limitation as applied to liability 
 poUcies — To credit policies — Policies in hands of agents — Method of 
 verifying unearned premium item 181 
 
 APPENDICES. 
 
 Appendix A — New York Insurance Law relating to ownership of real 
 
 estate 189 
 
 Appendix B — New York Insurance Law relating to disposition of real 
 
 estate 190 
 
 Appendix C — Notice to be sent to mortgagors 192 
 
 Appendix D — New York Insurance Law relating to directors or officers 
 
 being interested in purchases and sales of securities .... 193 
 
 Appendix E — New York Insurance Law relating to investments of com- 
 panies, etc 194 
 
 Appendix F — New York Insurance Law relating to investmenji of capital 197 
 
Table of Contents 
 
 PAQB 
 
 Appendix G — Certificate for verifying bank deposits 199 
 
 Appendix H — Sheet for determining excess credits 201 
 
 Appendix I — New York Insiu-ance Law referring to amortization and 
 
 market value of securities 202 
 
 Appendix J — New York Insurance Law relating to the computation of 
 
 the loss reserves for liability companies 203 
 
 Appendix K — Michigan Insurance Law relating to the computation of 
 
 the loss reserves for hability companies 206 
 
 Appendix L — Reserve for unpaid UabiUty losses 207 
 
 Appendix M — New York Insurance Law providing for a contingency 
 
 reserve 216 
 
 Appendix N — Ohio Insurance Law pertaining to the participation in 
 
 surplus by policyholders of life insurance companies. ... 218 
 Appendix O — New York Insurance Law fixing the limitation of ex- 
 penses of life insurance companies 220 
 
 Appendix P — New York Insurance Law pertaining to the annual reports 
 
 of life insurance corporations 224 
 
 Appendix Q — Liabihty loss reserves 228 
 
 Index 241 
 
THE EXAMINATION OF INSURANCE 
 COMPANIES 
 
 CHAPTER I 
 
 The Development of Supervision — Personal Atti- 
 tude of the Examiner — Qualities He Should Pos- 
 sess — His Attitude Towards Officials of Company 
 under Examination. 
 
 It is my intention to discuss with you, from time to 
 time, certain phases of your examining work and to 
 lay down rules for your guidance; I think it proper 
 that during this, my first talk, I should briefly trace 
 the history of insurance examinations in this country 
 and also lay down some general principles, rather 
 than to deal with any particular phase of the exam- 
 ining work. 
 
 Supervision in this country really started with the 
 idea that insurance corporations, like other corpora- 
 tions, should render reports to the financial officers 
 of the government so that taxes might be levied and 
 a means for securing revenues for the State thereby 
 created; the thought that they should be supervised 
 for the benefit of the policyholders was an after- 
 thought. The insurance departments of the various 
 States in this country are gradual developments; 
 origiaally started, as I have indicated, for the pur- 
 pose of securing reports upon which taxe^ could be 
 
 [9] 
 
10 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 levied, they became bureaus of licenses established not 
 only for the purpose of securing revenue from agents' 
 licenses, but also for the prevention of soliciting for 
 unauthorized companies. That was probably the first 
 step for the protection of policyholders by the various 
 insurance departments. As the companies grew 
 larger and became more vital factors in the financial 
 world, abuses crept into their management, and of 
 late years, probably within the past two decades, the 
 supervision by the State authorities has taken more 
 and more upon itself the question of eliminating these 
 abuses and requiring the insurance companies to be 
 administered for the benefit of the policyholders along 
 lines not only sound from a financial standpoint, but 
 in the case of life insurance companies, secure from 
 an actuarial standpoint. 
 
 There is one great difference between a depart- 
 mental examination and an examination made by a 
 firm of certified public accountants, for instance, and 
 that is this : it was never intended that a departmental 
 examination should be an audit. It is impossible for 
 any group of examiners coming to a company's office 
 for a brief period of several weeks, or even several 
 months, to properly review each and every transaction 
 which has taken place since the company was last 
 examined. The form of examination, therefore, which 
 you will have to follow, may properly be described as 
 more of a scrutiny of the system and methods than of 
 the details. At least, the first part of an examiner's 
 work should be to familiarize himself with the sys- 
 tems used in the office, to thoroughly trace the history 
 of the various transactions in order that he may find 
 out the course which every transaction or group of 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 11 
 
 transactions takes in its progress through the office. 
 This scrutiny will enable him to determine whether 
 there is anything radically wrong in the way in which 
 the various items are treated. 
 
 Subsequently it will become necessary to ascertain 
 whether those systems which have been prescribed by 
 the superior officers have been properly carried out 
 by the subordinates; no matter how perfect a system 
 may be when it is outlined by the one in charge, it 
 must be apparent that the results will not be accurate 
 unless the man to whom has been entrusted the duty 
 of making the entries, thoroughly understands the 
 system and obeys his instructions. Any discrepancies 
 which are found as a result of the examination of the 
 details, must be followed to the very end and analyzed 
 carefully. It will not do to dismiss apparent discrep- 
 ancies on the theory that the amount involved is not 
 large. A mistake of one dollar may indicate some- 
 thing radically wrong with the entire system and lead 
 to the discovery of errors of great magnitude. 
 
 I think it but proper that I should refer briefly to 
 something of great importance in the matter of exami- 
 nations, and that is the personal attitude of the ex- 
 aminer. A great deal of the success of any examiner 
 is going to depend upon the way he comports himself 
 in the offices which he is investigating. Tact is one 
 of the primary necessities of an examiner; without 
 that a man might as well make up his mind that he 
 will never make any headway with his work. Above 
 all, there must be no antagonism between you and the 
 employees of the company, if for no other tlian selfish 
 purposes ; this should be carefully observed, for unless 
 you have the passive assistance, at least, of those in 
 
12 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 the oflBce, you are going to find your work exceedingly 
 hard. Following the same thought, however, I think 
 the two greatest faults that an examiner can possibly 
 possess are bluster and self-importance. I know of 
 no two things which are more to be condemned in his 
 makeup than these two which I have just mentioned. 
 They prevent him from obtaining the maximum good 
 from the energy which he must devote to his examin- 
 ing work. 
 
 In connection with this it is well to call attention to 
 the attitude which an examiner should take toward 
 the oflScials of the company he is examining; at its 
 best, an examination is an interruption to the routine 
 work of an office, and in view of this fact an examiaer 
 and his assistants should be courteous in asking for 
 books, information and the necessary data. He 
 should, of course, be firm and insist upon having his 
 wants supplied, it being understood that he will not 
 ask for any information other than that to which he 
 is entitled. 
 
 It is almost unnecessary for me to refer to the fact 
 that no examiner should accept any favors from the 
 officials of the company he is examining; no matter 
 how innocent are the attentions which are accepted, 
 there is a feeling of obligation created which must 
 have a bad effect upon the work. I likewise deem it 
 unnecessary to point out that all information which is 
 obtained in the course of an examination must be con- 
 sidered as strictly confidential and must not be dis- 
 cussed with outsiders or communicated to anyone 
 except your superior. 
 
 To sum up the mental qualities which every ex- 
 aminer should possess, I think I would say that he 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 13 
 
 should attempt to have the combined qualities of a 
 sponge and filter; the sponge, in order that he might 
 be able to absorb all the information which comes to 
 him, and the filter that he might be able to separate 
 the valuable from the invaluable, retaining the former 
 and allowing the unimportant details to rapidly pass 
 from his mind. 
 
 There is a great temptation on the part of examiners 
 to be too suspicious. You should, of course, attempt 
 to find a reason for every fact which is presented to 
 you, and should insist upon knowing and understand- 
 ing the underlying cause of everything that comes to 
 your attention, but on the other hand you should not 
 allow your suspicions to influence your judgment. 
 Very frequently entries which appear wrong to you 
 will turn out to be perfectly innocent. It is quite easy 
 to appreciate that an entry which has been made by 
 a man who thoroughly understands the system and 
 has been studying it for years, may present a strange 
 appearance to you; a thorough study of the system, 
 however, together with explanations, for which you 
 should never be ashamed to ask, will enable you to 
 promptly determine the correctness of the process. 
 
 There is another quality that an examiner should 
 possess, but for the acquisition of it I can give no 
 rules, viz., the power of instinct. I imagine that every 
 good examiner at some time has had a fact presented 
 to him which at the outset appears to have something 
 wrong about it, but, if pressed for a reason^he cannot 
 tell why his suspicions have been aroused ; it presents 
 no features out of the ordinary, and yet he feels that 
 there is something wrong about it. While it may be 
 impossible to acquire this sense, a careful attention to 
 
14 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 the various details, and an analysis of the different 
 methods, will unquestionably assist in the develop- 
 ment of the mind along these lines. 
 
 Those in charge of examining work should not 
 disregard suggestions which come to them from sub- 
 ordinates. It is extremely dangerous to assume that 
 because one of your assistants is doing routine work, 
 he is thereby prevented from seeing things which may 
 be of extreme importance to you. Valuable sugges- 
 tions are not always obtained from those who occupy 
 positions of responsibility. Even an office boy may 
 be able to give you valuable suggestions; in the case 
 of one company it was the suggestion of an office boy 
 relative to the unusually large consumption of stamps 
 which led to the detection of the fact that the secre- 
 tary of the company was in the habit of secreting in 
 his private drawer a considerable number of stamps. 
 I merely mention this to show that we may get in- 
 formation in a perfectly proper way from those who 
 occupy minor positions, and we should never disregard 
 any information, no matter how humble its origin. 
 
 As a final word I might point out that a good ex- 
 aminer attempts to obtain his information by unusual 
 methods whenever possible. By this I mean that you 
 should not content yourself with employing and fol- 
 lowing the methods which have been used by the clerks 
 of the company; you should attempt to secure the 
 information in a way differing from the one by which 
 the entries have been made. You will thereby be 
 enabled not only to satisfy yourself that you are 
 securing the correct result, but you will be able to 
 detect errors which would not be developed by simply 
 following the work which has been outlined by the 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 15 
 
 clerks in the office. I recall that in the case of one 
 company, the unearned premium account in its burg- 
 lary department appeared to be unusually low ; instead 
 of simply confining our inquiry to tracing the entries 
 which had been made in the office, we elected to treat 
 the matter from the standpoint of cancellations instead 
 of issues, and in this way we were enabled to detect 
 the unusual, improper and abnormal cancellations 
 which were being made in that office; by this means 
 the amount of outstanding premiums in the burglary 
 department had been reduced and the liabilities of the 
 company correspondingly understated. 
 
CHAPTER II 
 
 Investments — Limitation on Real Estate Holdings — 
 Examination of Title — Title Insurance — Purchases 
 from Officers or Interested Parties — Methods of 
 Appraisal — Certificates of Extension. 
 
 In order that a life insurance company may be suc- 
 cessful it is necessary that the funds which it has 
 collected from its policyholders, in excess of the cur- 
 rent mortuary requirements, shall be invested in safe 
 securities which bear a certain rate of interest; the 
 underwriting departments of companies transacting 
 other forms of insurance have not within the past 
 few j^ears been uniformly profitable and in conse- 
 quence the returns to stockholders and the increases in 
 surplus funds have largely come from the investment 
 profits. I cite these facts as an illustration of the 
 importance from the examiner's viewpoint of the con- 
 dition of the assets of the corj^oration which he is 
 investigating. I shall therefore briefly refer to the 
 points to be noted in the various forms of investment 
 with which you will be brought in contact. 
 
 Eeal estate is not regarded with favor by many 
 statutes and supervising officers as a form of invest- 
 ment for the funds of policyholders; the holdings in 
 real estate of insurance companies in nearly all of the 
 States are limited to that amount which is necessary 
 for the transaction of their business and to those par- 
 
 [16] 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 17 
 
 eels which have been acquired in satisfaction of debts. 
 (See Appendix A.) If, for instance, it becomes neces- 
 sary for a company to foreclose one of its mortgages, 
 it naturally must take title to the real estate which 
 is involved. If one of its representatives should owe 
 the company some money it would be a hardship to 
 prevent it accepting real estate from the agent in liqui- 
 dation of his debt. 
 
 The examination of real estate parcels must be 
 divided into two parts: first, the technical or legal 
 aspects which are involved and, second, the considera- 
 tion of the matter from the standpoint of an invest- 
 ment. It is advisable to place the first part of this 
 work in the hands of an attorney or real estate con- 
 veyancer who is familiar with the local laws affecting 
 the parcels under consideration, but as an examiner 
 should always be in a position to tell his assistants 
 exactly what is needed, I shall indicate the principal 
 points which should be examined by one dealing with 
 the legal aspects. 
 
 The evidence of ownership in real estate is a deed 
 of some kind, but the fact that a company possesses 
 this deed is not absolute evidence of its ownership; 
 it may have disposed of the property after the deed 
 was signed and the title could be transferred without 
 the deed being surrendered. 
 
 In the company's possession should be ai abstract 
 of title which shows the history of the parcel under 
 observation. The usual starting point of an abstract 
 is the patent which has been granted by some sov- 
 ereign government or State and upon this abstract 
 will be indicated the changes which have taken place 
 in the title or any liens which may have been recorded 
 2 
 
18 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 against it. In some instances it will be unnecessary 
 for the abstract to go back to the original grant, as 
 some of the legislatures have passed acts which have 
 for their purpose the curing of all defects in titles to 
 real estate after a certain date. It is necessary that 
 the abstract should be brought to the date of the exam- 
 ination in order to show the ownership of the parcel 
 at that time. 
 
 In recent years there has been a development in the 
 real estate field which to a certain extent does away 
 with the necessity for an abstract. Companies have 
 been formed for the purpose of issuing to purchasers 
 of real estate, a policy of insurance guaranteeing the 
 validity of the title of the real estate which has been 
 acquired and promising to pay to the owner any loss 
 resulting therefrom, not in excess of the face of the 
 policy, should it develop that the title was not good 
 and marketable at the time that the policy was issued. 
 If the company under examination should possess a 
 policy of this kind issued by a reputable and well- 
 established title insurance company, it is the usual 
 practice to accept that policy in lieu of an abstract, 
 but particular attention should be paid to the excep- 
 tions which are noted in the policy in order that we 
 may observe if there is anything there referred to 
 which would militate against the parcel appearing in 
 the assets of an insurance company. 
 
 Passing now to a consideration of those features to 
 which the examiner should particularly address him- 
 self, instead of entrusting them to an attorney. He 
 should first ascertain the manner in which the title to 
 the property was acquired, whether it was by fore- 
 closure or bought in the open market. If the former. 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 19 
 
 was the foreclosure the result of bad judgment exer- 
 cised in the ordinary course of business or was it 
 caused by making loans upon insufficient security to 
 officers or mortgagors in whom the officers were inter- 
 ested. If the real estate were purchased we should 
 determine whether the vendor was in any way inter- 
 ested in the company under examination. 
 
 The question of the figure at which the real estate 
 is to be allowed as an asset should now receive atten- 
 tion. For this purpose it is well to employ two com- 
 petent real estate appraisers, but it is well to caution 
 them that in obtaining a fair value of a piece of prop- 
 erty you do not wish to obtain a value which would 
 result from a forced sale, for this would result in too 
 low a value and thus do the company an injustice. 
 On the other hand, it is equally advisable to caution 
 the appraisers that you do not desire what may be 
 termed a " boom " value for the real estate; ap- 
 praisers are usually optimists who can see nothing 
 but the most roseate future for property in their 
 locality. 
 
 Different methods are employed in arriving at the 
 market value of large pieces of property. A record 
 of the recent sales in the immediate neighborhood is 
 sometimes taken as a test for current values, but this 
 is open to the objection that the sales may have been 
 affected by conditions which do not apply to the par- 
 cel under observation; it may have been necessary to 
 liquidate an estate and this might serve to lower the 
 value, or the piece which has been sold may have 
 had some strategic position or may have had some 
 sentimental value which would not be duplicated in 
 the piece in which you are interested. 
 
20 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 Large office buildings are usually appraised by 
 either adding the cost of construction to the value of 
 the land or by finding the net rental value of the avail- 
 able space, which figure is then used as an income 
 factor upon which the valuation is predicated. The 
 cost of construction depends upon conditions, all of 
 which are not properly related to the valuation of the 
 property, and in considering the valuation on a basis 
 of rental space it is necessary that all artificial con- 
 ditions should be eliminated. 
 
 My object in pointing out the weak points in each 
 of these methods is to advise the careful examiner to 
 rely upon no one method, but to obtain his results by 
 using several methods, if possible. Should any wide 
 discrepancy occur between them it may lead not only 
 to the determination of the true value, but also to the 
 existence of improper conditions which will be re- 
 ferred to later. 
 
 In examining the appraisal based upon rental values 
 we must use the expenses of maintenance as an offset 
 to the income. An analysis of the items entering into 
 this calculation will enable the examiner to determine 
 whether any disbursements for running expenses are 
 being charged to the original investment account, for 
 in this way it is a comparatively easy matter to in 
 crease the apparent income from rentals until the 
 asset has all the earmarks of an extraordinarily good 
 investment. It is needless to point out that this is 
 a temporary condition, the correction of which in the 
 future will involve heavy charges to profit and loss. 
 
 If the company is occupying any of the building for 
 its own purposes, you should determine whether the 
 rental which is charged against the space which it 
 
Examination of Insueance Companies 21 
 
 occupies is in proper proportion to similar rentals 
 being charged to and received from other tenants. 
 This phase of the investigation will also develoj) 
 whether the company is allowing any of its tenants 
 to pay less than a fair rental. The reason for such 
 favoritism, if any exists, should be fully explained to 
 the examiner. 
 
 A careful scrutiny of the fire insurance policies 
 which are held by the company should be made, for 
 in the case of destruction by fire the value of the asset 
 will depend largely upon the company's ability to 
 recover upon its policies. Whether the policies have 
 been placed in an admitted company is a phase of the 
 question to which the examiner should devote some 
 attention. 
 
 In the beginning of this talk I referred to the fact 
 that real estate is a form of investment which is 
 frowned upon by the insurance laws in most of the 
 States. This fact is emphasized by the requirement, 
 now very general, that such parcels as are not required 
 for the transaction of the company's business should 
 be disposed of within five years from the time that 
 they have been acquired. In order that the effect of 
 this requirement might not be too harsh, tla^re is a 
 provision that the supervising officer may grant an 
 extension of time should he be satisfied that a strict 
 compliance with this statute would result to the dis- 
 advantage of the company. (See Appendix B.) If, 
 therefore, you find that the real estate has been re- 
 tained longer than the statutes permit, certificates of 
 extension should be exhibited to you. 
 
CHAPTER III 
 
 Mortgages — Limited to Percentage of Value of Prop- 
 erty — Abstract — Appraisal — Fire Insurance Pol- 
 icies — ' * Purchase Money Mortgages ' ' — Notice to 
 Mortgagor — Guaranteed Mortgages — Transfer of 
 Tax Lien. 
 
 In some States (New York, for instance) a mort- 
 gage is a lien upon a piece of property given to secure 
 a debt. In other States (Massachusetts, for instance) 
 a mortgage is a conditional transfer of property as 
 security for a debt, and if the debt be paid no title to 
 the property passes. In some jurisdictions the evi- 
 dence of the debt is a bond signed by the owner of 
 the property. In other States the form which the 
 evidence of the debt takes is that of a note with 
 coupons attached, and the mortgagee simply deposits 
 these coupons in the bank as he would the coupons of 
 a railroad bond. In some cases you will find that the 
 owner has executed a deed of trust in favor of the 
 mortgagee. 
 
 As I pointed out in the case of a real estate deed, 
 the mere presence of the mortgage is not an absolute 
 evidence of the possession of anything of value. Until 
 a short time ago in New York a mortgagor could pay 
 his indebtedness and the mortgage be satisfied upon 
 the record without the mortgage papers being sur- 
 rendered. You can, therefore, see the danger of an 
 examiner assuming that because the company has in 
 
 [22] 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 23 
 
 its possession a mortgage, it must, therefore, have an 
 asset of value. In New York at the present time a 
 mortgage cannot be satisfied unless the original mort- 
 gage is deposited with the proper county officer at that 
 time. This, however, may raise in you a false sense 
 of security, since it is possible under that law for the 
 mortgagor to make a partial payment and the mort- 
 gagee is not required to surrender the original mort- 
 gage. This is an important point to be borne in mind 
 when the company that you are examining is not the 
 original mortgagee, but has taken the mortgage from 
 another party by assignment. 
 
 You will recall that I divided the work on the real 
 estate holdings of a company into two parts : the first 
 to be undertaken by the attorney or conveyancer, and 
 the second to be undertaken by the examiner. In the 
 same way the work on mortgages may be advan- 
 tageously divided. The attorney should determine the 
 presence of all the necessary papers, such as the mort- 
 gage, the bond and the application for the loan setting 
 forth the details of the property which is to be mort- 
 gaged. These details should show the true rental 
 value, the value of the land, the value of the buildings, 
 if any, how long the building has been constructed, 
 and all of the other data which are necessary in order 
 that the board of directors or the finance committee 
 may pass intelligently upon the loan. He should also 
 find in each case some evidence that the property has 
 been appraised by disinterested, competent people. 
 The margin of safety which must exist between the 
 value of the property and the loan which is made 
 thereon varies in different States. In some, the loan 
 may not exceed 50 per cent, of the value of the prop- 
 
24) Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 erty, while in others the loan may be 66% per cent, 
 of the value, the law in the latter case requiring that 
 the property shall be worth at least 50 per cent, more 
 than the amount loaned thereon. 
 
 In the case of a mortgage loan, there should be an 
 abstract of title which will indicate that the title was 
 in the mortgagor at the time that the loan was made, 
 whether any prior mortgage has been given and 
 recorded and whether there are any liens of any kind 
 recorded against the property. The abstract should 
 be brought down to show that the mortgage under 
 consideration has been recorded by the proper county 
 officer. There should also be some evidence of a 
 search having been made in the proper office for evi- 
 dence of unpaid taxes, unpaid water rents or any 
 other liens of any kind, and these should of course be 
 cleared up before the loan is made. 
 
 The statutes do not permit insurance companies 
 to invest in second mortgages, and in order to deter- 
 mine whether the mortgage in which the company has 
 invested its funds is a first lien on the property, you 
 will of course realize the importance of ascertaining 
 that there are no unpaid taxes or liens recorded 
 against it. In some states there is a recording tax 
 which must be paid at the time that the mortgage is 
 recorded and it is important to observe that this has 
 been properly attended to, for under the New York 
 procedure, for instance, it is impossible to foreclose a 
 mortgage without setting forth at some time that the 
 recording tax has been properly paid. 
 
 Now as to the examiner's work. He should care- 
 fully observe that all the details of the mortgage cor- 
 respond with the details set out in the schedule of 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 25 
 
 mortgages which the company is compelled to file with 
 Insurance Departments. Upon him also devolves the 
 duty of determining the security behind the mortgage, 
 and for this purpose it becomes necessary to employ 
 an appraiser familiar with the local conditions sur- 
 rounding the parcel upon which the mortgage has been 
 placed; you will recall that in the case of real estate 
 holdings I advised the employment of at least two 
 competent appraisers ; in the case of mortgages I think 
 that one should be sufficient. There is a greater neces- 
 sity for determining the value of the property with 
 great exactitude in the case of real estate holdings, 
 for the company may properly claim that any excess 
 of the appraised value of the property over the book 
 value should be allowed as an asset. In the case of 
 mortgages, however, the asset value remains station- 
 ary, irrespective of any increase in the value of the 
 property, and we are concerned only with determining 
 whether the required margin of safety exists. 
 
 The statutes of nearly all the states prohibit the 
 loaning of the funds of an insurance company upon 
 unimproved property, and the examiner will, therefore, 
 be compelled to consider the value of the buildings as 
 well as that of the land ; it becomes necessary for him, 
 therefore, to scrutinize the fire insurance policies 
 which the mortgagee holds for his protection in the 
 event of the destruction of the buildings and the con- 
 sequent reduction in his security. Observe that they 
 are in solvent, admitted companies and that the poli- 
 cies contain what is known as the '' mortgagee " 
 clause, which not only provides that the loss or dam- 
 age, if any, under the policy shall be payable to the 
 mortgagee instead of to the owner of the property, 
 
26 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 but that the interest of the mortgagee shall not be 
 invalidated by numerous acts of the mortgagor or 
 owner over which he (the mortgagee) has no control 
 and which ordinarily would void the policy. 
 
 A mortgage calls for a definite rate of interest, pay- 
 able upon certain dates ; it is advisable to note whether 
 any discrimination has been shown by the company 
 in making loans upon property owned by its officers 
 or their friends at rates of interest not equal to the 
 rate received from other borrowers. 
 
 You should also note whether the interest is paid 
 promptly, as this is one of the best negative indica- 
 tions of the value of the property; I mean by this, 
 that if the mortgagor does not pay his interest 
 prompty, we naturally look with some suspicion upon 
 the parcel and should scrutinize it more carefully in 
 order that we may determine whether in the event of 
 foreclosure, the investment and the expenses will be 
 fully protected by the value of the property. On the 
 other hand an examination of the history of the mort- 
 gage may indicate that there is no necessity for having 
 it appraised, for if we find that the mortgagor has 
 reduced his loan by substantial payments it is a very 
 good indication that the remainder is amply protected. 
 If, however, the mortgagee in consideration of this 
 partial payment has released any of the security which 
 stood behind the original loan, it becomes necessary 
 to carefully observe whether the part that remains is 
 ample to secure the balance of the loan. 
 
 In selling a piece of property which it owns, a com- 
 pany is frequently required to accept part of the pur- 
 <ihase money in the shape of a mortgage on the prop- 
 erty; these are called '' purchase money mortgages,'* 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 27 
 
 and it must be apparent to you that an appraisal is 
 hardly necessary in these cases. 
 
 Another important point to which I wish to direct 
 your attention is the manner in which the mortgagor 
 receives the notification of the amount of interest due 
 upon the interest dates. If you find, for instance, that 
 it is the practice of the company to send out notices 
 periodically to its mortgagors notifying them that a 
 certain interest payment is due, it is evident that this 
 constitutes a notice to the mortgagor of the amount 
 of the outstanding indebtedness; when he pays the 
 amount called for by the notice, it is a tacit admission 
 upon his part that the amount of the unpaid principal 
 is the amount shown in the notice. If you should find, 
 however, that the interest is not collected direct from 
 the mortgagor, but is collected through the medium of 
 some financial agent or trust company, it is advisable 
 to communicate directly with the mortgagor for the 
 purpose of obtaining from him an acknowledgment of 
 the amount of his indebtedness to the company. Ap- 
 pendix C is a form of notice which I have prepared 
 for this purpose, and it aims to overcome the annoy- 
 ances which have been experienced in the past by the 
 companies as a result of these notices. Many mort- 
 gagors were unable to appreciate the cause of the 
 inquiry and imagined that their loans were being 
 called; the reassuring sentences in the concluding 
 paragraph in the notice are intended to meet this 
 situation. 
 
 You may have occasion to consider a form of invest- 
 ment known as '' guaranteed mortgages." These are 
 mortgages upon which some corporation, chartered for 
 that purpose, guarantees that the interest will be paid 
 
28 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 when due and that the principal will be paid within 
 eighteen months of the date of maturity, whether the 
 mortgagor makes the payments to it or not. For these 
 services it is the practice of the guaranteeing company 
 to charge one-half of 1 per cent. ; that is, if the mort- 
 gagor pays interest to it at the rate of 51/2 per cent., 
 the mortgage is sold to you on a 5 per cent, basis. In 
 these cases the guaranteeing company retains all of the 
 incidental papers, such as the fire insurance policies 
 and the abstract ; it usally gives to the purchaser a title 
 policy or incorporates a title policy in its guarantee; 
 the purchaser receives the bond, the mortgage and an 
 assignment, the latter being recorded, if desired. The 
 same rule applies here as in the case of title insurance 
 policies in real estate, viz., if the guaranteeing com- 
 pany is a solvent, responsible institution, the guarantee 
 is an excellent thing. The examiner, however, should 
 consider the guarantee merely in the nature of an addi- 
 tional safeguard and should apply to that parcel the 
 same tests which he would apply if no guarantee 
 existed. 
 
 Another form of investment with which you may 
 possibly be brought in contact (whether it is a form 
 of investment which may be made by insurance com- 
 panies is not entirely clear in my mind and I do not 
 know whether the question has ever been passed 
 upon) is what is known as a " transfer of tax lien." 
 If the owner of a piece of property in New York does 
 not pay his taxes to the city, the taxing authorities 
 after a certain number of years has elapsed, sell to 
 the highest bidder the right to collect this tax with 
 interest from the time of sale. The purchaser of 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 29 
 
 these tax liens must pay these back taxes, of course, 
 to the citj^ The basis upon which the city sells it, is 
 that the purchaser who is willing to take it at the 
 lowest rate of interest is awarded the lien. In other 
 words, if two bidders want a lien, one being willing to 
 accept 5 per cent, and the other 5l^ per cent., the city 
 would sell it to the one willing to take it at 5 per cent. 
 In this case the owner of the property would have to 
 pay to the purchaser the amount he paid, together 
 with interest at 5 per cent, for the period between the 
 date of the tax sale and the date of the redemption, 
 with an added penalty in the shape of interest for six 
 months. These tax liens are prior to any first mort- 
 gage or any other lien which may exist against the 
 property, except of course city taxes which may be 
 assessed after the date of the lien. The usual period 
 which these liens must run before foreclosure can be 
 made, is three years, although at the option of the 
 purchaser foreclosure may be started after thirty days 
 from the failure of the owner to pay the semi-annual 
 interest on the tax lien, or six months after any failure 
 upon the owner's part to pay subsequent taxes. 
 
CHAPTER IV 
 
 Bonds — Different Forms of Bonded Indebtedness — 
 Railroad Bonds — Registered and Coupon Bonds — 
 Directors not to be Interested in Sales or Purchases 
 — Evidence of Ownership. 
 
 A bond may be briefly and generally described as a 
 promise to pay a definite sum, at a definite time, with 
 a definite rate of interest. You understand, of course, 
 that this is not an inflexible definition, for in some 
 cases it is subject to modification. The bonds issued 
 by the British Grovernment, for example, known as 
 " British Consuls " are perpetual, having no definite 
 date of maturity. At least one of the railroad com- 
 panies in this country has issued bonds which are per- 
 petual, and the United States Grovernment in one of 
 its 2 per cent, issues has provided that the principal 
 may be paid at the pleasure of the government at any 
 time after 1930. There are other bonds which are, 
 strictly speaking, not perpetual, but run for very long 
 terms : one of the issues of the West Shore Railroad, 
 the nominal maturity date of which is 2004, is an 
 instance of this kind. 
 
 I shall briefly review this morning the different 
 kinds of bonds with which you may be brought in con- 
 tact in your examination of companies. 
 
 Government Bonds 
 
 Bonds of the United States Government are now 
 held generally for sentimental purposes, their value 
 
 [30] 
 
Examination of Insueance Companies 31 
 
 from an investment standpoint having disappeared; 
 the bonds of other governments usually found among 
 companies which transact business in this country are 
 those of the United States of Mexico, the Provinces 
 of Canada and the Imperial Japanese Government; 
 companies transacting business in foreign countries 
 are likely to have bonds of the countries in which they 
 do business and you will therefore probably find in 
 the course of your work the bonds of Germany, 
 France and Russia, these being the most usual 
 instances. 
 
 State Bonds 
 
 The bonds of the various states in this country have 
 usually been issued at very low rates of interest, the 
 credit of the states being very high; in fact some of 
 the states have no outstanding indebtedness of any 
 kind. 
 
 m 
 
 Municipal Bonds 
 
 In this group are included the bonds of counties, 
 cities, villages, townships, school districts, drainage 
 districts and other political subdivisions; here the 
 value largely depends upon the relation which the 
 taxable value of the property in the political unit 
 bears to the amount of outstanding indebtedness. As 
 a usual thing, municipal bonds constitute an unim- 
 peachable form of investment, and are sold and quoted 
 on what is known as a rate basis. If, for instance, the 
 bonds of a certain village are said to sell upon a 3.80 
 per cent, basis, it is understood that after taking the 
 date of maturity and the rate of interest stated in the 
 bond, into account, the purchaser will net 3.80 per 
 cent, upon his investment. 
 
S'2 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 Irrigation Bonds 
 
 These are the bonds which have been issued against 
 irrigation rights and of late have come into favor 
 owing to the high rate of interest which they bear. 
 Many of the lands in the western States are being 
 reclaimed by means of irrigation projects, which are 
 either operated by private capital or by governmental 
 assistance and the value of the irrigation bonds de- 
 pends very largely upon this factor. 
 
 Public Service Bonds 
 
 These are securities issued by street railways, gas 
 companies, electric light companies, water companies 
 and other corporations which deal exclusively in those 
 things which are used for public service purposes. 
 Their value is largely dependent upon the franchises 
 which these companies enjoy, the bonded indebtedness 
 and the density of the population of the localities 
 which they serve. 
 
 Industrial Bonds 
 
 Some corporations dealing in public utilities, but 
 which do not transact a public service business, have 
 outstanding bond issues with which the examiner is 
 frequently brought in contact. Such are the bonds, 
 for example, of the Central Leather Company and the 
 United States Steel Corporation. 
 
 Railroad Bonds 
 
 This class of securities probably constitutes the 
 largest item in the bond holdings of insurance com- 
 panies and it is my intention to briefly refer to some 
 of the different forms of railroad bonds in order that 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 33 
 
 you may become familiar with the terms employed. 
 My designations are not intended to provide a defini- 
 tion of the relationship of the various parties to the 
 contract from a legal standpoint. This could only be 
 furnished after an exhaustive investigation into the 
 various agreements and contracts into which the rail- 
 road companies have entered for the protection of 
 each individual issue. 
 
 Some of the most common issues of railroad bonds 
 are: 
 
 First mortgage. Debenture. 
 
 Second mortgage. Convertibles. 
 
 Consolidated. Equipment or car trust. 
 
 Unified. Eefunding. 
 
 General mortgage. Adjustment. 
 
 Income. Sinking fund. 
 
 Collateral trust. Prior lien. ■■ 
 
 The mere title of a bond is not a safe index to either 
 its value or its terms. 
 
 Eailroad bonds may be broadly divided into two 
 classes — first mortgage and all other. But even the 
 designation of a bond as a '' first mortgage bond " 
 may create a false impression. The first mortgage 
 bonds of a holding company do not necessarily carry 
 with them a first mortgage lien on the railroads, the 
 stock of which is held by the holding company. A 
 true first mortgage bond is a mortgage upon a definite 
 mileage, and constitutes its first bonded lien. 
 
 In former years a conservative railroad did not 
 mortgage its system for more than $20,000 a mile. 
 At the present time it is no unusual thing to find roads 
 mortgaged up to $40,000 a mile, the necessity for a 
 
 3 
 
34 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 more substantial roadbed and heavier rails being fac- 
 tors which have contributed to this condition. After 
 the first mortgage bonds were issued, and before their 
 maturity, the railroads found that it became necessary 
 to secure more money and other bonds were issued. 
 The name " second mortgage," for various reasons, 
 was not popular with the investing public, and the 
 railroad companies gave their issues other names. 
 Consolidated, unified, general mortgage bonds are all 
 second liens until the underlying mortgage bonds have 
 matured or are paid off. As soon as the first mort- 
 gage bonds are out of the way the subsequent issues 
 become first liens upon the property. 
 
 A debenture bond, in this country, has come to mean 
 a bond secured almost exclusively by the credit of the 
 road which issues it, without having any definite prop- 
 erty behind it. While it is a definite promise to pay, 
 and in that way differs from the capital stock, it is 
 more in the nature of a note. There is another impor- 
 tant point of difference between a debenture bond and 
 the capital stock in that if the interest on the former 
 be not promptly paid, the holders can obtain a judg- 
 ment which, if not satisfied, can form the basis of a 
 foreclosure suit. 
 
 Income, convertible and in many cases collateral 
 trust bonds are issues which are more in the nature 
 of debenture bonds than of the others. An income 
 bond may be broadly described as a promise to pay 
 the principal, with interest at a definite rate, from the 
 income earnings of the system. Convertible bonds 
 provide that within a certain number of years the 
 holder of them may exchange them for the common 
 stock of the railroad. Collateral trust bonds are bonds 
 
Examination oe Insurance Companies 35 
 
 whicli have been issued against the deposit of a certain 
 amount of bonds of the road or some of its systems 
 and which have been placed in a fund for the protec- 
 tion of this bond issue. 
 
 Equipment or car trust bonds are usually issued for 
 short terms for the purpose of paying for additional 
 rolling stock, and it is the usual practice for the rail- 
 road issuing these equipment bonds to place the title 
 to the rolling stock in the name of some trustee, usu- 
 ally a trust company, which receives from the railroad 
 company a certain amount from the current receipts 
 for the purpose of redeeming these equipment bonds 
 at their maturity and paying the interest upon them 
 in the meanwhile. 
 
 Refunding and adjustment bonds are, as their names 
 indicate, intended for the purpose of redeeming issues 
 which are about to mature. Sinking fund bonds as a 
 usual thing are securities, the maturity of which is 
 provided for by the accumulation of a sinking fund. 
 
 It is necessary for the examiner in scrutinizing the 
 bond holdings of a company to observe the rate of 
 interest, the date of maturity, and the general classifi- 
 cation of the bond, for upon these factors will depend 
 the market values. It is necessary to note whether 
 the bonds contain an option of redemption, for if the 
 issuing company retain the right to redeem a 50-year 
 bond at its pleasure after ten years have expired, it 
 is quite evident that this must not be considered as a 
 50-year bond. The effect which such a provision will 
 have upon the market value is very peculiar. If a 
 bond has been purchased at a premium, the redemp- 
 tion option must be taken into account in determining 
 the true value of the investment, but if the security 
 
36 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 has been purchased below par this option of redemp- 
 tion must be disregarded. This phase of the question 
 will be referred to more at length in my talk on amor- 
 tization. 
 
 Bonds are issued in two forms: registered bonds 
 and coupon bonds. Registered bonds are those which 
 are not payable to the bearer, but which provide that 
 the principal or the interest or both shall be paid to 
 some corporation, firm or individual, the name of 
 which appears upon the bond and is registered in the 
 books of the company. In the case of those bonds 
 which are registered, as to interest, the investor re- 
 ceives his interest payments in the form of cheques 
 sent from the head office of the corporation issuing 
 them, and these bonds, therefore, contain no sheets of 
 coupons. 
 
 Coupon bonds are payable to the bearer or holder, 
 and the interest is payable in the shape of coupons 
 which are detached upon their due dates and deposited 
 in some banking institution. A bond may be regis- 
 tered as to its principal, but its interest payments may 
 be provided for by sheets of coupons. In the case of 
 coupon bonds it is necessary in examining a com- 
 pany to observe whether the unmatured coupons are 
 attached to the bond and if not some adequate expla- 
 nation should be offered for their absence. 
 
 In outlining the development of departmental exam- 
 inations, I indicated that methods had changed mate- 
 rially in the past years. Within the past three years 
 some of the States have enacted statutes which pro- 
 hibit the directors and officers of insurance companies 
 from being financially interested in the sale or pur- 
 chase of the company's securities. Section 36 of the 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 37 
 
 New York Insurance Law is an instance of this. (See 
 Appendix D.) 
 
 In order that you may be sure that the securities 
 have not been borrowed for the purpose of exhibiting 
 them to the examiner or for temporary purposes, it 
 is well to satisfy yourself that the company's title to 
 the securities is the result of an actual purchase. This 
 evidence will be exhibited to you either in the shape of 
 the receipted bills from the vendor or, if you desire 
 more affirmative information, you can obtain it from 
 an inspection of the entries in the cash book, supple- 
 mented by an inspection of the cheques or vouchers 
 themselves. 
 
CHAPTER V 
 
 Difference Between Bonds and Stocks — Danger in 
 Stock Investments — Preferred, Common and Guar- 
 anteed Stocks — Collateral Loans — * * Window 
 Dressing ' ' — Collateral Loans Contrasted with 
 Policy Loans. 
 
 In my talk to you the other day I pointed out that, 
 although there might be some differences in the extent 
 of security behind it, a bond was a definite promise to 
 pay; to-day I wish to refer to this in order that you 
 may realize the difference between a bond and a cer- 
 tificate of stock. A certificate of stock is merely an 
 evidence of the holder's equity in a corporation: it 
 indicates that he is a partner in the business: there 
 is no promise to pay any smu at any time and until 
 the company is liquidated or the stock retired, there 
 is no chance for an investor to receive the principal of 
 his investment. 
 
 An insurance company is a semi-public corporation 
 and you can readily appreciate the danger to it of an 
 investment in the capital stock of another corporation. 
 If the funds of the policyholders are to be used for 
 the purpose of purchasing a partnership in a different 
 kind of business, the policyholder should be prepared 
 to experience the penalties of a losing venture in the 
 same way that he will benefit by a profitable one. I 
 have in mind the case of a life insurance company 
 which purchased a number of shares in a casualty 
 
 [38] 
 
Examination op Insurance Companies 39 
 
 company. The latter 's business was not conducted 
 along proper lines, and in consequence the stock- 
 holders had to meet an assessment on their stock in 
 order that the casualty company might remain solvent 
 and be permitted to transact business in the various 
 States. As the life insurance company was a stock- 
 holder, it, with all the others, had to contribute to this 
 additional payment. As a result the life insurance 
 policyholders have invested many times the amount of 
 their original purchase in the capital stock of the 
 casualty company, and it is almost unnecessary for me 
 to point out that this is an entirely improper channel 
 of investment for the funds of the policyholders. 
 
 You will appreciate this danger by stopping to con- 
 sider the manner in which the stockholders of national 
 banks are regarded. If for any reason the funds of a 
 national bank become seriously impaired, not only do 
 the stockholders lose all of their investment in the 
 capital stock, but under the National Banking Law 
 they are liable for an assessment equal to the par 
 value of their stock holdings. If an insurance com- 
 pany, for instance, had $100,000 of the capital stock 
 of a national bank and through poor investments or 
 defalcations the affairs of the bank became involved, 
 the insurance company would have to protect the 
 depositors not only to the extent of its original invest- 
 ment of $100,000, but also to the extent of an addi- 
 tional $100,000 if it were needed. 
 
 It is pertinent that at this time I should call your 
 attention to the fact that from our viewpoint there is 
 a difference between a life insurance company and a 
 company transacting other forms of insurance. 
 
 The policy contracts of a life insurance company 
 
40 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 may run for a long term of years, and it is no imusual 
 thing for policies to be in force forty, fifty or sixty 
 years from their dates of issue. The continued suc- 
 cess, therefore, of a life insurance company depends 
 upon the safe investment of its funds in such a way 
 that they will earn the rate of interest assumed in the 
 calculation of the premiums. 
 
 The contracts of other insurance companies run for 
 shorter terms as compared with the policies of a life 
 insurance company, and the premium rates are not 
 predicated upon the investments earning a definite 
 rate of interest. I mention this fact in order that you 
 may see the direct bearing it has on the point to which 
 I am now going to refer, viz., that if the corporation, 
 the stock of which the insurance company holds, is not 
 successful, no dividends are payable upon the stock 
 and therefore the earning power of the investment is 
 crippled ; while this might be a very serious matter to 
 a life insurance company, you will see that it will not 
 have the same effect upon companies transacting other 
 forms of business. 
 
 In the State of New York at the present time, life 
 insurance companies are not permitted to invest in or 
 loan upon the stock of any corporation (see Appendix 
 E) ; the exception noted in the statute relates to the 
 stocks of a municipal corporation, which are more in 
 the nature of bonds, and the criticisms noted above 
 cannot properly be applied to them. 
 
 The two forms of stock which will probably come 
 to your attention in the examination of insurance com- 
 panies, are preferred and common, either of which 
 may be guaranteed. 
 
 The preferred stockholders of a corporation are 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 41 
 
 entitled to a distribution of the earnings of the corpo- 
 ration before any dividends are declared upon the 
 common stock, and in some cases are entitled to prior- 
 ity in the event of liquidation. After the interest on 
 the bonded indebtedness and the other fixed charges 
 have been met, the preferred stockholders are entitled 
 to a dividend if in the judgment of the directors such 
 a payment be advisable. A preferred stockholder's 
 certificate does not entitle him to a definite payment, 
 but merely to an equity in the earnings. As a usual 
 thing, on preferred stocks the dividend is limited to 
 a certain amount, althougib. the preferred stockholders 
 in some corporations are entitled to an additional 
 dividend after the common stockholders have received 
 their dividend. 
 
 The common stock of a corporation entitles its 
 holder to the profits which are apportioned by the 
 directors; it is quite evident that before the common 
 stockholders can receive any dividends, the interest 
 on the bonds, the fixed charges and the dividends to 
 the preferred stockholders (if any preferred stock has 
 been issued) must be paid. 
 
 When a railroad corporation leases its lines to an- 
 other corporation, one of the terms of the lease may 
 provide that the lessee shall pay dividends at a certain 
 rate upon the outstanding capital stock of the lessor. 
 These shares thereby become " guaranteed stocks," 
 but it must be evident to you that their security 
 depends upon the earning power of the road which has 
 assumed the operation of the leased lines. 
 
 In examining an insurance company which holds 
 certificates of stock among its assets, it is necessary 
 to observe whether the certificates stand in the name 
 
42 Examination of Insukanoe Companies 
 
 of the company or in the name of some individual 
 who has assigned them to the company in blank. The 
 latter is a very dangerous condition, for it permits the 
 certificates to be used by any person into whose hands 
 they may fall. It is important, therefore, that stock 
 certificates should be issued to the corporation, or, if 
 indorsed, the name of the insurance company should 
 be specifically set forth in the indorsement. There are 
 cases where the entire stock issue of a corporation 
 may be owned by an insurance company, in which case 
 it is necessary that certain individuals should hold 
 qualifying shares to enable /ilaem to act as directors, 
 but in this case the rule for the indorsement just cited 
 should be followed. 
 
 In connection with the question of certificates of 
 stock, you should know that section 16 of the New 
 York Insurance Law permits surety companies to 
 invest in and loan on the stock of a similar corpora- 
 tion transacting business in other countries (see Ap- 
 pendix F). 
 
 You will, of course, observe whether the bonds and 
 stock certificates of an insurance company are kept in 
 a secure place. Unless a company is of a sufficiently 
 large size to justify it in having a specially con- 
 structed vault on its own premises, it is usual for 
 companies to keep their securities in public safe 
 deposit vaults ; caution requires that access should not 
 be had to such vaults by less than two of the officers or 
 employees of the insurance company, appearing at the 
 same time. 
 
 In some cases you will find that among the assets 
 of an insurance company are loans on collateral ; these 
 are loans which have been made to an individual or 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 43 
 
 a firm or a corporation upon their note secured by the 
 deposit of certain collateral. This collateral may con- 
 sist of bonds or stock certificates or even the assign- 
 ment of a mortgage, which assignment has not been 
 recorded. 
 
 In my opinion collateral loans are a form of invest- 
 ment which belong more properly to banking institu- 
 tions than to insurance companies. I think that an 
 insurance company should not be burdened with the 
 necessity of looking after the securities which have 
 been pledged as a security for a loan. They may be 
 of such a nature as to have a constantly fluctuating 
 market value, in which case the company must keep in 
 constant touch with the stock market. It goes without 
 saying that in no case should a loan be made upon any 
 kind of collateral in which the insurance company 
 would not invest its own funds, for, should the bor- 
 rower fail to pay his note upon its due date, the com- 
 pany would have to take the collateral in satisfaction 
 of its debt if it could not secure the repayment of its 
 loan from the borrower. In consequence, any loans 
 which are made upon securities in which the company 
 is not authorized to invest its own funds should be 
 disallowed in the calculation of its assets. 
 
 The examiner should pay particular attention to the 
 collateral loan, should determine whether the interest 
 is paid promptly, and should also observe whether the 
 note is past due. In the latter case some adequate 
 explanation should be offered to account for the 
 condition. 
 
 It is also essential that the name of the actual bor- 
 rower in each case should be known. The use of 
 ** dummy borrowers " should be condemned, and their 
 
44 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 employment will undoubtedly be found to lead to con- 
 ditions which should be discouraged. The funds of an 
 insurance company should never be used for the pur- 
 pose of personal aggrandizement or for the conveni- 
 ence of the officers and their friends. The name of the 
 actual borrower in many cases indicates whether the 
 funds are being used for such purposes. 
 
 I wish to briefly refer to a term with which you 
 may be familiar in connection with collateral loans. 
 " Window dressing " has been applied to that prac- 
 tice in the past of some companies which have at- 
 tempted to keep from the public and the supervising 
 officials the evidence of the use of their funds for col- 
 lateral loan purposes; as the companies are required 
 to prepare their statements as of December 31st, any 
 loans which were made on or after January 1st, and 
 repaid before the close of business December 31st, did 
 not appear in the schedule of assets. Realizing this, it 
 was the practice of some companies to have those col- 
 lateral loans which they wished to hide, paid on Decem- 
 ber 31st, and two or three days afterward remake the 
 same loan. A continuance of this practice accom- 
 plished the purpose of keeping the knowledge of the 
 loan from those who were entitled to the information 
 and led to a reprehensible condition. The examiner 
 should observe the collateral loan account in the 
 ledger for the purpose of determining the existence 
 of such a practice; if found, it should be condemned 
 unscathingly. The annual statement blank now in use 
 aims to disclose this situation, if it exists. 
 
 I wish to contrast a collateral loan with a policy 
 loan ; the latter, in my opinion, constitutes as good an 
 investment for an insurance company as can be found, 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 45 
 
 if the loan does not exceed the reserve which the com- 
 pany is required to maintain. Not only is the invest- 
 ment protected by the securities and operations over 
 which the company has direct supervision, but it 
 carries out the true intent and purposes of a legal 
 reserve, which, you will recall, is nothing more or less 
 than the payment which the policyholder has made to 
 the company in excess of the cost of furnishing his 
 insurance in order that his premiums may be kept 
 level throughout the history of the policy. By loaning 
 to its policyholder, the company is fulfilling the 
 highest purposes of an insurance company, inasmuch 
 as it is permitting him the use of his own money and 
 not permitting the interest of the other policyholders 
 to suffer thereby; he is paying an adequate rate of 
 interest; and if he should not pay his loan when it 
 matures, or the interest, his policy would be canceled, 
 and the liability of the company would cease on that 
 score. The care which should be exercised in making 
 policy loans will be referred to in another talk. 
 
CHAPTER VI 
 
 Cash in Office and in Bank — Percentage of Cash to 
 Invested Assets — Certificate from Banking Institu- 
 tions — Interest Bearing and Non-interest Bearing 
 Accounts — Policy Loans — Liens and Their Sources 
 — Premium Notes. 
 
 It is safe to say you will find in every company 
 which you are called upon to examine, cash in office 
 or cash in bank. A verification of the cash in ofiice 
 is, of course, a simple matter, and it will be sufficient 
 to merely point out the necessity of determining that 
 everything in the cash drawer is cash or its equiv- 
 alent. You should not find any notes of officers or of 
 employees or cheques which are post-dated or cheques 
 which have been held for a long time without being 
 cashed or cheques which have been returned protested. 
 Should you find any of these items, you will request 
 an explanation. Of course, in some cases you may 
 find that the cashier has made temporary advances to 
 clerks until the arrival of the next salary day, but 
 these are matters which I feel can safely be left to your 
 discretion. 
 
 The bank deposits may be divided into two parts: 
 first, those which are interest bearing, and second, 
 those upon which the bank allows no interest. In 
 well-managed companies the percentage which the 
 cash in bank bears to the invested assets varies with 
 the size of the company, special conditions and the 
 form of insurance transacted ; the smaller the company 
 
 [46] 
 
Examination of Instjkance Companies 47 
 
 the larger will be the proportion of its assets in this 
 form. Among fire insurance companies, for instance, 
 it is not unusual to find 10 per cent, of their admitted 
 assets in the form of cash, while normally a life insur- 
 ance company, operating only an ordinary department, 
 would not have that amount, and if we should find 
 more than 5 per cent, in such a company, we would be 
 justified in carefully examining the cause. 
 
 From an investment standpoint a large bank ac- 
 count is to be discouraged, for no bank can aiford to 
 pay as high a rate of interest as the company could 
 realize from well-selected investments. Non-interest 
 bearing accounts should not be found, except for cur- 
 rent chequing purposes. The only exception which 
 occurs to me is that which I have found in the exam- 
 ination of some of the smaller life insurance companies 
 which have left their deposits without interest in 
 those banks which have discounted the insured's notes 
 for the agent, the understanding being that while the 
 company should in no way be held responsible for the 
 note, it would leave the proceeds with the discounting 
 bank until the note matured. 
 
 For the purpose of ascertaining the amount of cash 
 in the various banking institutions I have prepared 
 a form of certificate (see Appendix G), which has for 
 its purpose not only the securing of a statement from 
 the officers of the banking institution relative to the 
 amount of cash which the company has on deposit 
 and subject to its cheque, but is also intended to 
 develop whether the deposit exists for the purpose of 
 securing a loan which the banking institution has 
 made to any officer, director or employee of the com- 
 pany under examination. In addition, this certificate 
 
48 EXAMINATIOI^ OF INSURANCE COMPANIES 
 
 will show whether the deposit is the result of the com- 
 pany having discounted notes or borrowed any money 
 from the institution. You will, of course, appreciate 
 the fact that if a company has discounted notes with 
 a banking institution in such a way that the bank can 
 have recourse to the company in the event of the non- 
 payment by the makers of the notes, a liability has 
 been created for which suitable provision should be 
 made. 
 
 I wish to refer again to some of the improper con- 
 ditions which may result from a company keeping too 
 large a percentage of its assets in the form of cash in 
 bank ; it may indicate that the officers of the insurance 
 company are interested financially in the bank or the 
 insurance company is under some obligation to the 
 bank and is liquidating its indebtedness by carrying a 
 large deposit there at a low rate of interest. In the 
 case of newly-established companies (of which at the 
 present time there are a great number in this country) 
 you will probably find that the keeping of a large 
 amount of cash in bank is intimately connected in 
 some way with the underwriting of the capital stock 
 of the company, and a clear and full explanation of all 
 the circumstances surrounding this condition should 
 be placed at your disposal. 
 
 Yesterday I referred briefly to the advantages of 
 policy loans from the standpoint of remunerative and 
 safe investments for a life insurance company. I did 
 not touch upon the methods which you should employ 
 in verifying the schedule of policy loans which will be 
 furnished to you. It goes without saying that every 
 such loan should be upon the security of a policy 
 which is in force and the reserve for which is being 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 49 
 
 maintained by the company; the policy contract should 
 be deposited with the company and you should also 
 find a note evidencing the indebtedness and an assign- 
 ment to the company as security for the debt, although 
 in some cases the note and the assignment are in one 
 instrument. 
 
 The instrument just referred to should be signed by 
 the insured and the beneficiary, although of recent 
 years some insurance policies have contained a clause 
 giving the insured the right, with the company's con- 
 sent, to change the beneficiary if the policy has not 
 been assigned. In those cases it has been held to be 
 unnecessary for the beneficiary to join the insured in 
 the assignment for the purpose of securing a policy 
 loan. I do not recall that this is the result of any 
 judicial decision (to my knowledge the point has not 
 been adjudicated) or whether it is the result of com- 
 pany practice. At all events it is a condition which 
 we find at the present time and it has been very gen- 
 erally accepted. 
 
 A policy loan is a good investment only when it and 
 the accrued interest upon it are equal to, or less than 
 the reserve which the company is maintaining upon 
 the policy; in a great many cases you will find that 
 the policy becomes automatically cancelled when the 
 outstanding indebtedness against it exceeds the maxi- 
 mum loan value to which it is entitled. This provision 
 is intended to guard against the dangerous condition 
 which would result from a policy loan being in excess 
 of the reserve liability which is being maintained 
 upon it, for this latter quantity is the only thing which 
 protects the company against loss in the event of lapse. 
 It is important to bear this in mind in the case of 
 4 
 
50 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 those forms of policies on which the reserve decreases 
 instead of increasing, the latter being the usual con- 
 dition. On term policies which cover a long period, 
 we find that the reserve increases at the beginning and 
 then decreases until at the expiration of the policy the 
 reserve is zero. Under such a policy you, of course, 
 appreciate the danger of permitting the loan to remain 
 as an asset after the maximum point of the reserve 
 accumulation has been passed. 
 
 In many cases it is the practice of companies to re- 
 quire that the interest on its policy loans shall be paid 
 in advance, and in consequence there will be a certain 
 amount of the interest receipts of the company which 
 have not been earned; proper provision for this con- 
 dition should be made in the statement of liabilities. 
 
 There is another form of policy loan which we may 
 distinguish from the regular kind by calling it a ' ' lien. ' ' 
 Liens arise in one of two ways: if an assessment com- 
 pany reincorporate as a legal reserve company, it may 
 give its policyholders the option of paying adequate 
 premiums in the future either on the basis of their 
 attained ages at the time of reorganization or on the 
 basis of their ages at the time when their original 
 assessment contracts were issued, and in the latter case 
 the policyholder must pay to the company the amount 
 of the reserve which would have been accumulated at 
 the time of reorganization had he taken out a level 
 premium contract from the start. If the policyholder 
 does not wish to pay the amount of the reserve in 
 cash, it will be safe for the company to accept a note 
 from him for that amount, bearing interest at a rate 
 not less than that assumed in the calculation of the 
 reserve. Should the policyholder prefer to pay his 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 51 
 
 premium at his attained age, no lien note is given, for 
 each premium payment is sufficient not only to pay the 
 current mortuary cost, but also to accumulate an ade- 
 quate reserve. 
 
 The second manner in which these liens may arise 
 is illustrated by the case of a legal reserve company 
 which has issued policies upon the yearly renewable 
 term plan and wishes to give its insured the right to 
 change to another form without medical examination 
 and at the original age at issue. Let us suppose that 
 the company is working on the basis of the American 
 Experience Table of Mortality, with interest at 3V2 per 
 cent, per annum, that the original policy was for 
 $1,000, issued at age 30, ten years ago, upon the yearly 
 renewable term plan, and that the policyholder now 
 desires to change to a twenty payment life contract. 
 If the insured desire to pay the twenty payment life 
 premiums, as of age 30, and make only ten more pay- 
 ments, it would be safe for the company to permit 
 him to do this if he would pay to it $206.47 in cash 
 or give a lien note for that amount. ,The change to 
 any other form of contract (calling for a higher pre- 
 mium rate than the original policy) could be safely 
 made on the same basis, viz.: the giving of a lien note 
 for the amount of reserve which should have been 
 accumulated at the time of exchange. 
 
 A thing to be noted, however, in the case of liens 
 claimed by reorganized assessment companies as assets, 
 is the nature of the lien. If the policyholder has signed 
 the note, no question can arise as to his understanding 
 of the placing of an indebtedness against his contract, 
 but in some instances in the past these liens have been 
 created by the enactment of a by-law, and the first 
 
52 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 knowledge the insured or the beneficiary had of such a 
 lien was obtained at the time that the policy was sur- 
 rendered or matured as a death claim. In such cases 
 it is necessary to carefully determine the legality of 
 the by-law and make certain that the policyholder is 
 acquainted with the exact condition of affairs. The 
 same limitation as to their admissibility as an asset 
 applies to policy liens as to policy loans, viz. : they are 
 good only when equal to or less than the reserve. 
 
 A premium note is a note signed by the insured for 
 his temporary accommodation in order that he may be 
 enabled to pay the premiums called for by his policy 
 contract. As a usual thing they run for short terms 
 (within a year) and bear interest, for if they are given 
 without an interest requirement, it will be apparent 
 to you that a discrimination is being worked against 
 the policyholder who pays his premium in cash when 
 it becomes due. It is not necessary for the policy to 
 be deposited with the company when a premium note 
 is given by the insured. These remarks apply to the 
 premium notes given by holders of life insurance con- 
 tracts; as a usual thing, premium notes on other forms 
 of insurance contracts are admitted as assets without 
 reference to the reserve which is being maintained 
 upon that particular policy. This treatment is con- 
 sonant with the treatment of the uncollected pre- 
 miums, which will be referred to more at length to- 
 morrow. 
 
CHAPTER VII 
 
 Miscellaneous Assets — Bills Receivable — Furniture 
 and Fixtures — Accrued Interest — Rent Paid in 
 Advance — Reinsurance Due — Agents' Balances — 
 Deferred Premiums — Uncollected Premiums — 
 " Paid for " and " Written " Bases — Uncollected 
 Assessments of Fraternals. 
 
 You may find some bills receivable among tbe assets 
 of a company which you are examining; these are 
 nothing more or less than notes, and being loans on 
 personal security are disallowed as assets. An insur- 
 ance company is not supposed to invest its funds in 
 commercial paper. To attempt to appraise an asset 
 of this kind would require the examiner to pass upon 
 the financial responsibility of the maker of each note, 
 and this is manifestly impossible. 
 
 Furniture and fixtures are sometimes included by 
 companies among their ledger assets, and if so are 
 disallowed, it being impossible to properly appraise 
 an asset of this kind. It is proper that at this point 
 I should call your attention to the fact that it is the 
 general practice of Insurance Departments to regard 
 assets as valueless unless they are marketable so they 
 may be used in the settlement of policy claims, if 
 necessary. 
 
 The accrued interest on the various kinds of securi- 
 ties and the accrued rents on the property which the 
 company owns, are items which require no explanation 
 from me; their treatment is obvious. In some cases 
 
 [53] 
 
54 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 you may be met by the claim of a company that it 
 should be given credit for the rents which it has paid 
 in advance. If, for instance, on December 31st, a com- 
 pany should have sent its cheque for the January rent 
 of an office which it is occupying it might properly 
 claim credit for that payment ; there is no question but 
 that the claim is logical. We charge the company with 
 a liability for any rents (when it is the tenant) which 
 are past due or accrued, and as this is simply the 
 reverse of that situation, the company should be given 
 credit for any rents which it has paid in advance. The 
 same reasoning applies to fire insurance premiums 
 which have been paid in advance, the company being 
 entitled to credit for the unearned portion of the pre- 
 mium, although it is not very usual for this claim to 
 be made. 
 
 In the course of your work you may find that a 
 credit is claimed for reinsurance on losses due from 
 other companies. These are cases where other com- 
 panies have reinsured some part of the risk ; a loss has 
 been sustained and the company which you are exam- 
 ining has not had the opportunity to receive from the 
 reinsuring company its share of the loss. In conse- 
 quence, it is entitled to credit for any reinsurance due 
 from solvent admitted companies, for either you are 
 charging the full liability on any losses which have 
 occurred or the company which you are examining has 
 paid the claim. 
 
 Agents' debit balances are of two kinds: one we find 
 in the statement of life insurance companies and the 
 other in statements of fire insurance companies. The 
 terms have two different meanings: in the case of a 
 life insurance company, an agent's debit balance 
 
ExAMIISrATION OF INSURANCE COMPANIES 55 
 
 refers to an advance wliich has been made to him 
 (either in cash or by permitting him to retain pre- 
 miums which he has collected) and which is unsecured 
 in the sense that we understand it, although the ad- 
 vance may be secured by the renewal contract of the 
 agent. In the case of a fire insurance company the 
 agent's balance represents the premiums for which he 
 has not accounted. 
 
 The cause of the difference in these two items arises 
 from the fact that the two statements are on different 
 bases. The statement of the life insurance company 
 is upon a cash basis, and the only items that are con- 
 sidered as premium income are the premiums which 
 have been actually paid either in cash or in notes ; in 
 the case of a fire insurance company every premium, 
 as soon as it is written, is carried into the income 
 account. 
 
 According to the annual statement blanks used by 
 departments the amount of the ledger assets must 
 exactly equal the ledger assets of the previous year, 
 plus the income of the year, less the disbursements 
 which have been made during the year; in consequence, 
 the treatment of the premiums in the case of the fire 
 insurance company requires us to have some corre- 
 sponding item in the ledger assets to represent the in- 
 debtedness of the agent. In the case of a life insur- 
 ance company the premiums are not carried into the 
 income portion of the statement until they have been 
 paid in cash, and the uncollected premiums, therefore 
 are not iQcluded among the ledger assets. 
 
 The agents' debit balances in a fire insurance com- 
 pany when not more than ninety days past due are 
 recognized as a good asset. The reason for fixing 
 
56 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 three months as a line of demarkation between a good 
 asset and a bad asset is entirely arbitrary. Those 
 who were charged with the duty of framing the stat- 
 utes undoubtedly had to rely upon their past experi- 
 ence, and it was probably felt that an agent should 
 report premiums in his hands within ninety days after 
 they had been written. Section 118 of the New York 
 Insurance Law specifically provides for the allowances 
 of this item when an examination is made by the 
 authority of the Superintendent of Insurance into the 
 affairs of a fire insurance company, or when a fire 
 insurance company renders a statement to the Insur- 
 ance Department, for the section states : 
 
 '' There shall not be allowed as assets any in- 
 vestments which are not held as prescribed by 
 law at the date of such examination or rendering 
 such statement ; but unpaid premiums on policies 
 written within three months shall be admitted as 
 available resources." 
 
 I merely wish to call your attention to the fact that 
 in the case of life insurance companies the debit bal- 
 ances of the agents are really bills receivable, and the 
 same rule applies for their disallowance as in the case 
 of bills receivable. 
 
 Accident and miscellaneous insurance companies 
 have still a third form of statement. They are 
 required to include at the present time among 
 V the items of income all premiums which have been 
 \>itten, but instead of charging them to the agents, 
 the> carry them into the ledger assets as items of 
 *' preml'^ms in course of collection;" the same rule 
 applies here as in the case of fire insurance companies, 
 viz., premiums which are not more than ninety days 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 57 
 
 past due are admitted as assets. In the case of fidelity 
 and surety companies this rule may work an injustice, 
 as premiums which are perfectly good are sometimes 
 by the very terms of the bond or the policy not collect- 
 ible until the contract is finished or the estate has been 
 wound up or until some court proceedings have been 
 had which will render the premium due. It fre- 
 quently happens, therefore, that these premiums are 
 more than ninety days past due, and while perfectly 
 good, are disallowed as assets. 
 
 I wish to call your attention to a situation which I 
 found in the case of a casualty company which had a 
 great number of premiums more than ninety days past 
 due; in order to obtain credit for some of them as an 
 asset it asked its agents to give cheques to the com- 
 pany, but the cheques were not dated until some con- 
 siderable time after the annual statement date. In the 
 mean time they were carried in the cash drawer as 
 *' cash in office." It is unnecessary for me to point 
 out the impropriety of this method of converting a 
 nonadmitted asset into an admitted one, and, of 
 course, these post-dated cheques were disallowed. 
 
 In life insurance companies, items of deferred pre- 
 miums require some explanation. A deferred premiimi 
 is the semi-annual or quarterly installment due after 
 the date of the examination for the balance of the pre- 
 miums necessary to complete the policy year. In other 
 words, if a policy be issued in December of one year 
 on the semi-annual basis, the second installment of the 
 premium will be due in June of the next year. If you 
 are making an examination, therefore, as of December 
 31st, there will be one semi-annual premium deferred, 
 viz., the premium which is due in the following June. 
 
58 Examination" of Insurance Companies 
 
 I have prepared a table which shows how the install- 
 ments on both semi-annual and quarterly policies are 
 deferred. At the top of the table is indicated the date 
 of the examination. All of the premiums found to the 
 right of the heavy line are the ones which will be de- 
 ferred. For instance, by Table I, which is applicable 
 to an examination made as of December 31st, you will 
 see that on any policy with semi-annual premiums 
 issued before July, there is no deferred premium, 
 because the premiums for the entire policy year will 
 have become due before the time of the examination. 
 A policy, however, which is issued in July of that year, 
 will have its second installment due in January of the 
 next year, and in consequence there will be one semi-an- 
 nual premium deferred. In the same way a policy issued 
 in November on the same basis will have one deferred 
 premium — the installment due the following May. 
 In the case of quarterly policies, you will notice that 
 policies issued in the months of January, February 
 and March have no deferred premiums because all 
 four quarterly installments become due before the 
 date of the examiaation, December 31st; a policy 
 which is issued during April, May or June will have 
 one quarterly premium deferred; a policy issued 
 during July, August or September will have two 
 quarterly premiums deferred; a policy issued during 
 October, November or December will have three quar- 
 terly premiums deferred. 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 59 
 
 TABLE I 
 
 Examination as of December 31st 
 
 Semi-annual Premiums 
 
 Iseues of January July 
 
 " " February August 
 
 " " March September 
 
 " " April October 
 
 " " May November 
 
 " " June December 
 
 " " July 
 
 " August 
 
 " " September 
 
 « " October 
 
 " " November 
 
 " " December 
 
 January 
 
 February 
 
 March 
 
 April 
 
 May 
 
 June 
 
 Quarterly Premiums 
 
 Issues of January April July October 
 
 " " February May August November 
 
 " " March June September December 
 
 " " April July October . . . 
 
 " " May August November 
 
 " " June September December . 
 
 " " July October 
 
 " " August November. . 
 
 " " September December. . 
 
 January 
 
 February 
 
 March 
 
 January April 
 
 February May 
 
 March June 
 
 October I January April July 
 
 " " November. ... I February May August 
 
 " " December . . . . | March June September 
 
 In order that you may see how this rule works in 
 the case of an examination made at some other date, 
 I have prepared Table II, which shows the deferred 
 premiums which are to be found when an examination 
 is made as of October 31st. You will note there that 
 the months of issue (the months which appear on the 
 left of the table) are arranged in a different order 
 and all of the installments to the right of the heavy 
 line are ones which will be deferred. For instance, 
 any policy with semi-annual premiums issued between 
 November 1st and April 30th, will have no deferred 
 premiums, while semi-annual policies issued between 
 May 1st and October 31st will have one semi-annual 
 premium deferred. 
 
60 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 TABLE II 
 Examination as of October sist 
 
 Semi-annual Premiums 
 
 Issues of November May 
 
 " " December June 
 
 " " January July 
 
 " " February August 
 
 " " March September 
 
 " " April October 
 
 " " May INovember 
 
 " " June December 
 
 " " July January 
 
 " " August February 
 
 " " September March 
 
 " " October April 
 
 Quarterly Premiums 
 
 Issues of November. . . . February May August 
 
 " " December. . . . March Jime September 
 
 " " January April July October 
 
 " " February May August. . . 
 
 " "March June September 
 
 " "April July Octo ber. . 
 
 " " May August 
 
 " "June September.. 
 
 " " July October.... 
 
 November 
 December 
 
 January 
 
 November February 
 
 December March 
 
 January April 
 
 " " August I November February May 
 
 " " September I December March June 
 
 " " October | January April July 
 
 In preparing a schedule of deferred premiums it is 
 important to note whether a policyholder has paid any 
 of the installments before they became due, because if 
 he has, it will be necessary to remove that installment 
 from the schedule of deferred premiums. 
 
 Uncollected premiums (premiums in course of collec- 
 tion) may be either annual, semi-annual or quarterly. 
 The term refers only to the premiums which have 
 fallen due before the date of the examination and upon 
 which the agent has not reported the collection or the 
 cancellation to the home office. The uncollected pre- 
 miums have nothing to do with the method of pay- 
 ment, i. e., they may be either annual, semi-annual or 
 quarterly installments. A policy may have credits for 
 
Examination of Insukance Companies 61 
 
 both an uncollected and a deferred premium, and I 
 think you will be able to see that the uncollected pre- 
 miums sometimes include those installments on semi- 
 annual and quarterly policies which became due before 
 the date of the examination, but which had not been 
 reported by the agent. 
 
 Annual statements are required in the different 
 States upon two bases: one the '' paid for basis " and 
 the other the '' written basis." The former requires 
 companies to report only those policies in force which 
 have had the first premium paid by the insured; the 
 latter basis requires companies to report all policies as 
 soon as they are written and which remain uncancelled 
 upon their books. I mention this fact to you now be- 
 cause it has a direct bearing upon the way in which 
 the schedules of uncollected and deferred premiums are 
 prepared. In the " paid for " States, the schedule 
 naturally will not contain a number of items which 
 will be found in the schedule prepared on the other 
 basis. I wish to call your attention, however, to the 
 fact that a statement may be prepared on the paid for 
 basis, but contain a small amount of uncollected first 
 year's premiums, although you would naturally expect 
 that upon this basis no uncollected first year pre- 
 miums would be included; the explanation may be 
 found in the fact that the items in question are the 
 second semi-annual or the second, third or fourth 
 quarterly installments of first year premiums, and the 
 company, of course, cannot cancel the policy until 
 after the days of grace have expired; if those days 
 of grace carry the policy beyond the date of the exam- 
 ination, the schedule will show uncollected first year 
 premiums. 
 
62 Examination of Insukance Companies 
 
 In the case of fraternal organizations, another 
 method is followed. You will not find credit allowed 
 for uncollected or deferred premiums, but you will find 
 that included among the non-ledger assets are ' ' assess- 
 ments actually collected by subordinate lodges not yet 
 turned over to supreme lodge." As the fraternals do 
 not ordinarily issue certificates which provide for the 
 payment for a longer period than the current month, 
 there can be no such thing as a deferred premium, and 
 the item which I have just quoted is the equivalent 
 allowance which is made in order that the fraternal 
 organization may receive credit for any premiums in 
 course of transmission. " 
 
CHAPTER VIII 
 
 Loading on Uncollected and Deferred Premiums — 
 Disallowed or Non-admitted Assets — Loans on Cap- 
 ital Stock — Supplies and Printed Matter — Com- 
 muted Commissions — Cash Advanced to Officers — 
 Excess Credits — Depreciation in Securities — Pre- 
 miums Outstanding More than Ninety Days — 
 Appreciation. 
 
 I spoke yesterday morning of the credit which 
 should be allowed a life insurance company for the 
 uncollected and deferred premiums outstanding at the 
 time of the examination; it is but proper to allow these 
 as credits, for the calculation of the reserve is upon 
 the assumption that all of the premiums are paid at the 
 beginning of the policy years. 
 
 It is not proper, however, to allow the entire amount 
 of the uncollected and the deferred premiums as an 
 asset, for the reserve is calculated upon the net pre- 
 mium basis. You will recall that the premium which a 
 policyholder is called upon to pay, is divided into two 
 parts: first, the mathematical net premium which is 
 sufficient to pay the current mortuary cost and accumu- 
 late the reserve, and second, the loading which is 
 added to the net premium in order that the expenses 
 may be provided for, the fluctuations in market values 
 taken care of, and to provide, in short, for everything 
 except the mortality and the reserve. Since the re- 
 serve is calculated upon a net basis (with no regard 
 
 [63] 
 
64 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 for the loading) the asset which we are going to allow 
 as an offset should be placed upon the same basis. 
 
 In consequence, it becomes necessary to deduct from 
 the uncollected and deferred premiums, the element to 
 which I have just referred — the loading. Nearly all 
 forms of legal reserve policies have their premiums 
 computed upon one of three bases: the regular level 
 premium, upon which the loading is the same through- 
 out the entire history of the policy contract, or the full 
 preliminary term, the premiums on which for the first 
 year are for one year term insurance, or the modified 
 preliminary term. The net premium for the first year 
 of the second basis just mentioned — the full prelimi- 
 nary term — is that of a one year term insurance, and 
 the difference between it and the gross premium 
 charged to the insured, is the loading, which is, there- 
 fore, very heavy, amounting to about 75 or 80 per cent, 
 of the premium charged, while the net premium there- 
 after is uniform and dependent upon the form selected 
 by the insured. The net premium for the first year of 
 the third basis — the modified preliminary term — 
 contains another factor which makes the net premium 
 larger than the one just mentioned and the loading in 
 consequence smaller, although in the subsequent years 
 the loadings on this basis are larger than on the full 
 preliminary term basis. All of these facts must 
 be borne in mind when fixing upon the proper deduc- 
 tion to be made from the uncollected and deferred 
 premiums. 
 
 Having mentioned practically all of the sources of a 
 company's assets, I shall briefly refer to some of the 
 items of disallowed or non-admitted assets, which in 
 the case of Insurance Department examinations are 
 always taken into account. 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 65 
 
 The company under examination is never given 
 credit for any of its capital stock which it may own 
 or any loans which it has made upon it as the security. 
 The reason for this is obvious; the capital stock is 
 intended to serve as an additional investment for the 
 protection of the claims of the policyholders: the in- 
 vestment of the capital stock is hedged around with 
 even greater restrictions than apjjly ordinarily to the 
 other assets of a company, and you will, therefore, see 
 the impropriety of permitting a company to invest its 
 funds in its own capital stock. This is equivalent to a 
 man trying to lift himself by his own boot straps. 
 
 It may be pertinent for me at this point to call your 
 attention to the fact that insurance companies and 
 banking institutions are the only two classes of corpo- 
 rations which are not permitted to use any of their 
 capital stock for the purpose of establishing their busi- 
 ness. In every other class of corporation, that occurs 
 to me at the present time, the supposition is that the 
 company will use its capital stock for the purpose of 
 establishing itself and building up the plant which is 
 necessary for the conduct of its business. In the case 
 of an insurance company this is not permitted; all of 
 the preliminary expenses of the organization, the 
 establishment of agencies and the purchases of sup- 
 plies must be met at first from the surplus which re- 
 sults from the selling of the capital stock of the com- 
 pany above par. This is a natural result of the practice 
 of charging the capital stock of an insurance company 
 as a liability without permitting it to consider its 
 plant as an asset. If, for instance, an insurance com- 
 pany should start and sell its capital stock at par only, 
 5 
 
66 Examination op Insurance Companies 
 
 the moment that it bought and used a postage stamp 
 its capital would be impaired. 
 
 Supplies, stationery and printed matter are in the 
 same category as furniture, fixtures and safes. "While 
 they may cost an insurance company a great deal of 
 money they are not readily convertible into cash and 
 are, therefore, not available for use in the payment of 
 its losses. They are, therefore, disbursements which 
 must be met from the surplus portion of the assets in 
 order that the capital stock may remain unimpaired. 
 Commuted commissions are really advances to 
 agents or agents' debit balances in the case of a life 
 insurance company. They are purchases of the future 
 renewal interests of the agents, and we have no guar- 
 antee that the renewal premiums will ever be paid by 
 the insured ; as the payment of renewal commissions is 
 based upon the receipt of the renewal premiums from 
 the insured, it is manifest that the security behind this 
 debt is not of the kind which can be recognized as 
 an asset. 
 
 Cash advanced to or in the hands of officers or 
 agents is a form of asset which is always disallowed. 
 You will readily appreciate that it does not differ from 
 the loans on personal security or bills receivable to 
 which I have already referred, and the examiner can- 
 not be expected to pass upon the financial responsi- 
 bility of the representative of the company in whose 
 hands cash belonging to it has been placed. 
 
 A very important matter (especially in the case of 
 newly established life insurance companies) is the ex- 
 cess over the reserve which results from the premium 
 notes, policy loans, liens, uncollected and deferred pre- 
 miums and other credits which are claimed by the 
 company on account of its policy contracts. The 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 67 
 
 proper way to compute this excess item is by the 
 preparation of a schedule similar to the one with 
 which you are familiar (see Appendix H), and which 
 serves to bring out clearly the nature of this disallow- 
 ance. Against each policy is placed the various credits 
 which are claimed upon its account and the sum of 
 these credits is compared with the liability which the 
 company is maintaining to take care of this particular 
 policy. The headings of the various columns, I am 
 sure, are familiar to you and need not receive any fur- 
 ther explanation from me. You will note, however, 
 that in computing the total amount of credits claimed 
 for any particular policy, I have included only the net 
 amount of uncollected and deferred premiums; as we 
 deduct the loading before computing the assets, it is 
 but just to the company to charge it only with that 
 portion of the uncollected and deferred premiums 
 which is allowed. 
 
 In the schedule described in the foregoing remarks 
 you will note that each policy is treated separately, 
 and it would be improper to allow the accounts of 
 the various policies to be mingled. If, for instance, 
 a company maintained upon one policy a reserve of 
 $10 more than the sum of the credits which it claimed 
 upon that policy, and upon anotlier policy claimed as 
 an asset $10 more than the reserve which it main- 
 tained against that contract, it would be improper to 
 consider that one transaction offsets the other and that 
 no deduction was necessary. An analagous situation 
 would be created if we assumed that because the se- 
 curity behind one mortgage was worth $10 more than 
 the amount loaned thereon, and the security behind 
 another one was worth $10 less than the amount 
 
68 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 loaned, the transactions counterbalance one another. 
 The false reasoning contained in this proposition must 
 be obvious to you. 
 
 The book value of ledger assets over the market 
 value is an item which is always deducted. The source 
 of this deduction may be traced to one of many causes. 
 If, for instance, the company own real estate which 
 has depreciated from the figure at which it is carried 
 on the books, the difference between the market value 
 at the time of the examination and the price at which 
 the parcel is carried upon the company's books would 
 be deducted; if the company has loaned money on a 
 piece of property which the reports of the appraisers 
 show is not worth the amount loaned upon it, the dif- 
 ference would appear here, and it is independent of 
 any instructions which might be issued by the super- 
 vising officer relative to the necessity for a reduction 
 in the amount of the outstanding principal at some 
 early date in the future; if the collateral deposited as 
 the security for a collateral loan is insufficient to 
 maintain the loan, the deficiency is taken care of in 
 this item, and if the market value of the bonds and 
 stocks is less than the amount at which those securi- 
 ties are carried on the books of the company, the de- 
 ficiency must be deducted. In a subsequent talk I 
 shall refer more to the method of determining the 
 proper book value at which the bonds of a company 
 should be carried, and this will have a bearing upon 
 the matter of depreciation which we are now con- 
 sidering. 
 
 In the case of fire insurance and companies trans- 
 acting what is broadly termed " miscellaneous " busi- 
 ness, I have previously called your attention to the 
 
Examination of Insukance Companies 69 
 
 fact that premiums in course of collection more than 
 ninety days past due or agents' balances upon busi- 
 ness which was written more than ninety days before 
 the date of the examination, are disallowed as assets. 
 It may not be amiss for me to call your attention to 
 the fact that while I have referred to the necessity for 
 deducting from the assets any excess which their book 
 value has over the market value, the contrary situa- 
 tion must, of course, be provided for, i. e., if we should 
 find that any of the assets of the company are worth 
 more in the market to-day than the figure at which 
 they are carried in the books of the company, we 
 should allow it credit for that excess value. 
 
CHAPTER IX 
 
 Amortization of Bonds Purchased Above Par — Accu- 
 mulation of Bonds Purchased Below Par — Incor- 
 rect Methods of Treating Premiums and Discounts 
 — Necessary Factors. 
 
 In my talk to you yesterday I referred to the fact 
 that the appreciation and depreciation in the book 
 values of the ledger assets should be taken into ac- 
 count when we are preparing a statement showing the 
 financial condition of a company. It must be apparent 
 to you that an investor who intends to hold securities 
 until they mature is not concerned with any fluctua- 
 tions in the market value of the securities ; he is inter- 
 ested only in the income earning powers of his invest- 
 ment. In other words, if an investor should buy a 
 bond at par with the intention of holding it until the 
 principal should become due, he would not be affected 
 by any abnormal conditions in the stock market which 
 might temporarily cause his bond to be worth 98 or 
 105; unless he sold his bond at the current market 
 price, the temporary fluctuations would not affect him 
 at all. 
 
 A life insurance company is in the same situation as 
 an investor such as I have just described. Its policy 
 contracts run for a long term of years and the calcula- 
 tion of its premiums is based upon its ability to earn 
 a certain rate of interest on its invested assets; it is 
 not desirable that an insurance company should con- 
 
 [70] 
 
Examination of Insura.nce Companies 71 
 
 stantly change its investments, for that process leads 
 to manipulation and the injection of the element of 
 speculation into its operations, conditions which were 
 responsible for many of the evils which were devel- 
 oped in recent investigations of insurance companies. 
 For these reasons a life insurance company should 
 attempt to secure safe investments running for long 
 terms, and it will, therefore, be concerned more with 
 receiving the principal of its investments when they 
 mature and receiving the proper interest rate in the 
 meanwhile, than with any temporary changes in the 
 market value of the securities. 
 
 The question of the receipt of the par value of a 
 bond at its maturity brings us face to face with the 
 proper method of taking care of the bonds which have 
 been bought on different bases. The three possible 
 situations are, first, that a bond shall have been 
 bought at par or, second, that it has been bought above 
 par or, third, that it has been bought below par. In 
 order to illustrate these different conditions let us 
 assume that in each of the first two cases the bond 
 is for $1,000, is purchased on June 1, 1910, bears inter- 
 est at a rate of 5 per centum per annum, that the 
 interest is payable semi-annually on June 1st and De- 
 cember 1st, and that the bond will mature (its prin- 
 cipal become due) on June 1, 1915. 
 
 It will be apparent to you that if the bond be pur- 
 chased at par, each of the $25 coupons will be interest 
 on the investment and on June 1, 1915, the owner 
 will receive the amount which he originally invested, 
 $1,000. 
 
 The second case is illustrated by a bond similar to 
 the one described, being purchased at $1,044.91; in 
 
72 Examination of Insura.nce Companies 
 
 other words, at a premium of $44.91, or, to use the 
 terms of the bond market, has been purchased " at " 
 104.491, or has been purchased ' ' on a 4^ basis. ' ' The 
 latter designation is used in order to convey the infor- 
 mation that an investor paying that price for the bond 
 indicated, will receive only 4 per cent, on his invest- 
 ment, instead of 5 per cent, as called for by the bond. 
 The correctness of this statement will be shown later. 
 
 The investor has paid $1,044.91, and on June 1, 
 1915, will receive only $1,000 for the surrender of the 
 bond; it is quite evident, therefore, that if he is not 
 to suffer some loss he must provide in some way for 
 the gradual writing-off of this premium of $44.91 dur- 
 ing the five years, from the interest receipts, i. e., he 
 must use some part of each $25 which he receives, for 
 the purpose of reducing the premium which he was 
 compelled to pay on the bond, so that when it matures 
 he will have only $1,000 invested. The scientific 
 application of this process is called amortisation. 
 
 In the past, some companies have used one of two 
 methods to accomplish this, but both are incorrect, 
 and yield improper results. I shall briefly refer to 
 them in order that you may understand the nature of 
 the errors. In the case of the bond just referred to, 
 one of the methods was to charge the premium of 
 $44.91 to profit and loss as soon as the bond was pur- 
 chased; in consequence, the earnings for that year 
 showed an apparent loss and the interest earnings of 
 subsequent years were unduly inflated. The second 
 method was the reverse of this, made no charge in 
 the book value of the security until June 1, 1915, 
 when it charged profit and loss with $44.91, the differ- 
 ence between the book value of the bond and the 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 73 
 
 amount which was paid, in the meanwhile considering 
 each coupon of $25 as an interest receipt. 
 
 I have indicated to you that the proper method of 
 treating this situation is to divide each interest pay- 
 ment into two parts, carrying one to the interest 
 account and the other to a sinking fund which is to 
 be used for the wiping out of the premium of $44.91. 
 This method is required by a statute in the State of 
 New York (see Appendix I), and while the statute 
 would seem to be broad enough to include within its 
 provisions companies transacting any kind of insur- 
 ance business, it is apparently the intention of the 
 Department to insist upon the rule being observed by 
 life insurance companies only. 
 
 In order that you may see the exact manner in 
 which this process is worked out, I have prepared a 
 chart which indicates the various steps in the bond 
 under consideration. By reference to the bond tables 
 in common use, it will be found that a 5 per cent, bond 
 running for five years will, if purchased at 104.491, 
 yield 4 per cent., and the following calculation proves 
 that to be correct: 2 per cent, of $1,044.91 = $20.90. 
 Each coupon of $25, therefore, must be divided into 
 two parts, $20.90 representing the interest earning and 
 $4.10 representing the semi-annual contribution to the 
 sinking fund; the following table will enable you to 
 trace the progress of the successive contributions of 
 $4.10: 
 
 Coupon due December 1, 1910 $4.10 
 
 Interest factor X 1 . 02 
 
 Value June 1, 1911 $4.18 
 
 Coupon due June 1, 1911 -f 4.10 
 
 $8.28 
 
74 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 Amount carried forward $8 . 28 
 
 Interest factor X 1 .02 
 
 Value December 1, 1911 $8.45 
 
 Coupon due December 1, 1911 + 4.10 
 
 $12.55 
 Interest factor X 1 . 02 
 
 Value June 1, 1912 $12 . 80 
 
 Coupon due June 1, 1912 -f 4 . 10 
 
 $16.90 
 Interest factor X 1 . 02 
 
 Value December 1, 1912 $17.24 
 
 Coupon due December 1, 1912 + 4 . 10 
 
 $21.34 
 Interest factor X 1 . 02 
 
 Value June 1, 1913 $21'. 77 
 
 Coupon due June 1, 1913 -f 4 . 10 
 
 $25.87 
 Interest factor X 1 . 02 
 
 Value December 1, 1913 $26.39 
 
 Coupon due December 1, 1913 -f 4.10 
 
 $30.49 
 Interest factor X 1 . 02 
 
 Value June 1, 1914 $31 . 10 
 
 Coupon due June 1, 1914 -\- 4. 10 
 
 $35.20 
 Interest factor X 1 . 02 
 
 Value December 1, 1914 $35.90 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 75 
 
 $35.90 
 + 4.10 
 
 $40.00 
 X 1.02 
 
 $40.80 
 + 4.10 
 
 $44.90 
 
 Amount carried forward 
 
 Coupon due December 1, 1914 
 
 Interest factor 
 
 Value June 1, 1915 
 
 Coupon due June 1, 1915 .... 
 
 Premium on bond 
 
 From this table you will see that if we accumulate 
 the contributions to the sinking fund at the rate of 
 4 per cent, per annum, compounded semi-annually, we 
 shall have a sufficient amount in the sinking fund to 
 take care of the premium which was paid on the bond 
 when it was purchased. The difference of one cent 
 in the result is due to disregarding mills in the fore- 
 going calculations. 
 
 In order that you may note that by this result an 
 investor is at all times receiving interest upon the 
 book value of the bond at the rate of 4 per cent, per 
 annum, we may put the foregoing calculations in 
 another form, as follows: 
 
 DATE 
 
 (1) 
 
 Coupon 
 
 (nominal 
 
 interest 
 
 rate) 
 
 (2) 
 
 4% of book 
 
 value 
 
 (effective 
 
 rate) 
 
 (3) 
 
 Amorti- 
 zation 
 factor 
 
 (4) 
 
 Book 
 value 
 
 (5) 
 
 December 1, 1910. 
 
 Junel, 1911 
 
 December 1, 1911. 
 
 Junel, 1912 
 
 December 1, 1912. 
 
 Junel, 1913 
 
 December 1, 1913. 
 
 Junel, 1914 
 
 December 1, 1914. 
 Junel, 1915 
 
 $25.00 
 25.00 
 25.00 
 25.00 
 25.00 
 25.00 
 25.00 
 25.00 
 25.00 
 25.00 
 
 $20.90 
 20.82 
 20.73 
 20.65 
 20.56 
 20.47 
 20.38 
 20.29 
 20.19 
 20.10 
 
 $4.10 
 4.18 
 4.27 
 4.35 
 
 4.44 
 
 $1,040.81 
 1,036.63 
 1,032.36 
 1,028.01 
 1,023.57 
 1.019.04 
 1,014.42 
 1,009.71 
 1,004.90 
 1,000.00 
 
 Total. 
 
 $44.91 
 
76 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 You will note that as a result of deducting $4.10 
 from the book value of the bond on December 1, 1910, 
 the new book value is $1,040.81; 2 per cent, of that 
 value is $20.82, which deducted from the proceeds of 
 the coupon received on June 1, 1911, or $25, leaves 
 $4.18, as the amount to be deducted in order to obtain 
 the new book value. By reference to the original table 
 you will see that the difference between the amount 
 of the fund on June 1, 1911, $8.28, and the amount of 
 the fund at the end of the previous period, $4.10=^. 
 $4.18. If we take 2 per cent, of the new book value, 
 $1,036.63, we shall have $20.73, which deducted from 
 $25 gives us $4.27 as the amortization factor, which 
 you will be able to identify on the first table as the 
 difference between $12.55 and $8.28, etc. 
 
 At the end of each six months, therefore, if we 
 decrease the book value of the bond by the amount 
 shown in column (4) at the maturity of the bond the 
 amount which will be paid to us will exactly equal the 
 book value, and the premium has disappeared. The 
 weak point of this accounting is that we are compelled 
 to assume that the sinking fund will earn the rate 
 of interest assumed, in the above case 4 per cent.; it 
 might be difficult to invest small funds in this way, 
 but in actual practice the sinking fund will contain 
 sufficient money to enable an advantageous investment 
 to be obtained. 
 
 For the purpose of illustrating the third condition 
 
 — that of a bond which has been purchased below par 
 
 — let us assume that the bond is for $1,000, is pur- 
 chased on June 1, 1910, bears interest at the rate of 
 3 per centum per annum, that the interest is payable 
 semi-annually on June 1st and December 1st, and that 
 
ExaminatiojSt of Insurance Companies 
 
 77 
 
 the bond will mature on June 1, 1915. The premises 
 in this assumption have been changed from those in 
 the preceding one to make them fit more nearly the 
 actual conditions which we would expect in a security 
 purchased by a life insurance company, for it is not 
 to be expected that 5 per cent, bonds will normally 
 sell below par. 
 
 If the foregoing bond be purchased for $955.09, it 
 will yield the purchaser 4 per cent, on his investment, 
 although the nominal rate stated in the bond is only 
 3 per cent. A table constructed for this security, 
 similar to the one just shown for the bond purchased 
 at a premium, would be as follows: 
 
 DATE 
 
 (1) 
 
 Coupon 
 
 (nominal 
 
 interest 
 
 rate) 
 
 (2) 
 
 4% on book 
 
 value 
 
 (effective 
 
 rate) 
 
 (3) 
 
 Accumu- 
 lation 
 factor 
 
 (4) 
 
 Book 
 value 
 
 (5) 
 
 December 1, 1910. 
 
 June 1, 1911 
 
 December 1, 1911. 
 
 June 1, 1912 
 
 December 1, 1912. 
 
 June 1, 1913 
 
 December 1, 1913. 
 
 June 1, 1914 
 
 December 1, 1914. 
 June 1, 1915 
 
 Total, 
 
 $15.00 
 15.00 
 15.00 
 15.00 
 15.00 
 15.00 
 15.00 
 15.00 
 15.00 
 15.00 
 
 $19.10 
 19.18 
 19.27 
 19.35 
 19.44 
 19.53 
 19.62 
 19.71 
 19.81 
 19.90 
 
 $4.10 
 4.18 
 4.27 
 4.35 
 4.44 
 4.53 
 4.62 
 4.71 
 4.81 
 4.90 
 
 $44.91 
 
 $959.19 
 963.37 
 967.64 
 971.99 
 976.43 
 980.96 
 985.58 
 990 . 29 
 995.10 
 1,000.00 
 
 You will note that the factors in column (4) are 
 called in this case " accumulation factors " instead of 
 *' amortization factors," for instead of reducing the 
 book value to par by amortization, we are gradually 
 advancing the book value to par by accumulations. I 
 have assumed in this case a bond which would be pur- 
 chased at a price to yield the same rate of interest as 
 
78 Examination op Insurance Companies 
 
 was yielded in the first case in order that you might 
 note the fact that the amortization factors in one case 
 are exactly the same as the accumulation factors in 
 the other, but in the first case they are deducted from 
 the book value, while in the second case they are 
 added to the book value. 
 
 The foregoing is the process which every life insur- 
 ance company should apply to its bonds; it is not so 
 important that companies transacting other forms of 
 insurance should use it, because, as I have already 
 pointed out, the calculations of the latter are not pred- 
 icated upon the investments earning a definite rate of 
 interest, but the process of amortization is one which 
 should be used by every corporation which intends to 
 hold its securities for investment purposes; in no 
 other way can the premium on the bond be properly 
 taken into account. 
 
 An unscientific approximation is sometimes made by 
 dividing the premium on the bond by the number of 
 periods which it has to run and reducing the book 
 value by the resulting quotient. In the case cited 
 above, for instance, the premium of $44.91 would be 
 divided by 10 and $4.49 deducted from the book value 
 every six months. While this method brings the book 
 value to the par value at the maturity of the bond, 
 it does not properly distribute the decreases which 
 should take into account the interest earnings of the 
 sinking fund. 
 
 It is hardly necessary for me to point out that no 
 method of amortization can be applied to stocks or to 
 bonds which have no definite date of maturity, for the 
 factors which are necessary in order that we may 
 properly amortize are as follows: 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 79 
 
 1. A definite rate of interest stated in the bond. 
 
 2. A definite date of maturity. 
 
 Having these two and the purchase price we are 
 enabled to obtain the third factor, which is 
 
 The effective rate of interest, 
 and the employment of these three as in the preceding 
 illustrations will enable us to treat securities in the 
 scientific manner indicated. 
 
 In one of my previous talks I indicated that I would 
 again refer to the question of amortizing bonds which 
 have a redemption privilege prior to the date of 
 maturity. If, for instance, a bond maturing in thirty 
 years contain a provision whereby it may be redeemed 
 in ten years, it must be apparent to you that the 
 holder of the bond, for his own protection, must con- 
 sider the most adverse situation. If the bond has 
 been purchased above par, therefore, the most un- 
 favorable situation is the one which will require the 
 entire premium to be provided for and eliminated at 
 the end of ten years, instead of at the end of thirty 
 years, when the bond would mature if the privilege 
 of redemption had not been exercised. 
 
 If the bond has been purchased below par, however, 
 it will be apparent to you that the most adverse con- 
 dition is the one which assumes that the bond will 
 not be paid off until its date of maturity and, there- 
 fore, that the accumulations (the difference between 
 the purchase price and the par value) will not reach 
 their maximum until the end of the thirty years. 
 
CHAPTER X 
 
 Liabilities — Net Value of Life Insurance Policies — 
 Net Terminal Value — Mean Reserve — Unearned 
 Premiums — Unearned Premiums on Marine Pol- 
 icies — Perpetual Policies — Reinsurance. 
 
 In my previous talks I have briefly referred to the 
 various items of assets to which your attention will 
 be directed in your examination of insurance com- 
 panies. In order to arrive at its surplus it must be 
 obvious to you that a proper consideration should be 
 given to the liabilities with which the company should 
 be charged. 
 
 Speaking in a broad sense, I should consider the lia- 
 bilities of insurance companies under four groups, viz. : 
 
 1. Policy liabilities. 
 
 2. Claim liabilities. 
 
 3. Dividend liabilities. 
 
 4. Incidental (all other) liabilities. 
 
 In the first group I place those liabilities affecting 
 active policies and which are embraced in the items of 
 '' net value " of life insurance companies and " un- 
 earned premiums " of other companies. The second 
 group will comprise the liabilities which should be 
 maintained to provide for the claims and losses which 
 have occurred prior to the date of the examina- 
 tion, but which have not been settled in full. The 
 third group, consisting of the dividend liabilities, is 
 
 [80] 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 81 
 
 found only in the case of life insurance companies and 
 it is so important and differs so radically from the 
 miscellaneous liabilities of insurance companies, that 
 I have preferred to include them in a separate group. 
 The incidental liabilities of insurance companies are 
 found in all classes of insurance companies and include 
 the unpaid taxes, unpaid commissions, unpaid medical 
 fees, etc. 
 
 In the case of companies transacting credit insur- 
 ance, there is a special liability which cannot be 
 referred to any of the foregoing subdivisions and 
 which consists of 50 per cent, of the gross premiums 
 on the credit policies which expired during the three 
 months preceding the date of the examination. The 
 reason for the inclusion of this item will be referred 
 to when the subject of credit insurance is discussed 
 more at length. 
 
 The net value of life insurance policies is the result 
 of an accurate mathematical computation which takes 
 into account not only that portion of the premium 
 known as the reserve, but includes another factor — 
 that portion of the premium which represents the 
 amount which will have to be paid for death losses 
 during the balance of the policy year according to the 
 table of mortality upon which the reserve is accumu- 
 lated ; it is this factor which distinguishes the ' ' mean 
 reserve " from the '' net terminal value," for it is 
 the universal practice now of Insurance Departments 
 to compute mean reserves instead of interpolating by 
 months. I shall dismiss the subject of the reserves 
 for life insurance companies with these few remarks, 
 for it is a phase of the situation which is so closely 
 allied with a thorough actuarial training, that a fur- 
 6 
 
82 Examination op Insurance Companies 
 
 ther discussion would be out of place in a general talk 
 such as this is. 
 
 The method of computing the liabilities on the pol- 
 icies of companies transacting other than a life insur- 
 ance business, is so entirely different from the policy 
 reserve just referred to, that I might have been justi- 
 fied in assigning it to a separate group. In contradis- 
 tinction to life insurance reserves, the unearned pre- 
 mium account is not scientifically computed. In an 
 address which I delivered some years ago before the 
 National Convention of Insurance Commissioners, I 
 referred to the ' ^ reserve ' ' of miscellaneous companies 
 as follows: 
 
 '' What is the so-called ' reserve? ' Let us first 
 consider this question from the negative view- 
 point. It certainly has none of the functions of 
 the reserve for life policies, which has for its 
 purpose the accumulation of a sufficient amount in 
 the early years of a contract to enable the de- 
 ficiency of subsequent years to be met without an 
 undue increase in rates. It is not intended for 
 the reinsurance of a company's risks, for this 
 contingency is to a certain extent a remote one, 
 and, therefore, would hardly justify a provision 
 of this kind. It does, however, occupy the same 
 relation to a corporation which the governor and 
 flywheel do to a complicated piece of machinery. 
 As a steam engine would run wild did it not have 
 some controlling mechanism, so would a corpora- 
 tion indulge in equally extravagant operations if 
 some check were not placed upon it so that it 
 could be brought face to face with a realization 
 that all of the premiums written by it are not 
 earned the moment they are received, but a por- 
 tion of them must be set aside for the purpose 
 of meeting losses in the latter history of the 
 contract.'* 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 83 
 
 The unscientific nature of the computation must be 
 apparent to you when you stop to consider that when 
 two companies have issued similar policies on the same 
 risk at different premium rates, the amount of the 
 unearned premium differs in each case. 
 
 The States have differed in fixing the rate at which 
 the unearned premiums of fire and miscellaneous com- 
 panies (the term ^' miscellaneous " has come to be 
 applied to all companies which do not transact a life, 
 a fire or a marine insurance business) shall be com- 
 puted; some require that 50 per cent, of the gross pre- 
 mium shall at all times be maintained; others require 
 the unearned premiums to be computed upon a pro 
 rata basis. 
 
 The question of computing the pro rata basis, there- 
 fore, is one to which I will now address myself, and I 
 may mention at the outset that there are two methods 
 of doing this; the more exact one, whereby each 
 month's business is treated separately, I shall first 
 discuss. 
 
 It would be manifestly impossible to take each pol- 
 icy contract and compute the exact number of days 
 which it has to run before its termination ; it has been 
 assumed, therefore, that all policies are issued on the 
 fifteenth of the month, and if we were making an 
 examination as of December 31,'' 1909, for instance, and 
 we were dealing with one-year policies, i. e., policies 
 that are to run for twelve months from the date when 
 they were issued, we would find the following condi- 
 tion of affairs: The policies which were issued dur- 
 ing December, 1909, would have been in force on the 
 average for fifteen days, or half a month; they would 
 have earned, therefore, l/24th of the premium and the 
 Tineamed portion of the premium with which they 
 
84 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 would be charged would be 23/24tlis; policies which 
 were issued in November, 1909, have been in force one 
 and one-half months, and, therefore, the unearned por- 
 tion of the premium would be 21/24ths; in the same 
 way policies issued in January, 1909, would have only 
 one-half month longer to run before their termination, 
 and the unearned portion of the premium chargeable 
 against them, therefore, would be l/24th. Bearing in 
 mind that the date of the examination is December 31, 
 1909, I can illustrate by the following table the frac- 
 tions representing the unearned portions of the pre- 
 miums on a two-year policy, i. e., a policy which had 
 two years to run from its date of issue and which was 
 in force at the time of the examination: 
 
 Policy issued December, 1909, for 24 months has 47/48ths unearned 
 « " November, 1909, " 24 " " 45/48th3 
 
 " January, 1909, " 24 " " 25/48ths 
 " « December, 1908, " 24 « " 23/48ths 
 
 " November, 1908, " 24 « " 21/48th3 
 
 " January, 1908, " 24 « « l/48th 
 
 I have not used the intermediate months, but they 
 are calculated in the same way; applying the same 
 method to a three-year policy we have a 
 
 Policy issued December, 1909, for 36 months has 71/72nd3 unearned 
 
 " November, 
 
 1909, 
 
 " 36 
 
 u 
 
 " 69/72nds 
 
 " January, 
 
 1909, 
 
 « 36 
 
 a 
 
 " 49/72nds 
 
 " December, 
 
 1908, 
 
 " 36 
 
 (( 
 
 " 47/72nds 
 
 " November, 
 
 1908, 
 
 " 36 
 
 " 
 
 " 45/72nds 
 
 " January, 
 
 1908, 
 
 " 36 
 
 u 
 
 " 25/72nds 
 
 " December, 
 
 1907, 
 
 " 36 
 
 u 
 
 " 23/72nds 
 
 " November, 
 
 1907, 
 
 " 36 
 
 ii 
 
 " 21/72nd8 
 
 " January, 
 
 1907, 
 
 " 36 
 
 u 
 
 " l/72nd 
 
 A similar method will be followed in other cases 
 adjusted for the term of the policy and the same rule 
 will apply to examinations made as of dates other than 
 December 31st, it, of course, being necessary in these 
 cases to make the proper adjustment. 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 85 
 
 The other pro rata method which is more generally 
 used, is based upon the assumption that the pol- 
 icies of a company have been distributed uniformly 
 throughout the year. In other words, that the same 
 number of policies (or rather the same amount of pre- 
 miums) have been written in January as in February, 
 March and the other months of the year; this being 
 so, it will be apparent to you that we will arrive at 
 correct results if we assume that every policy was 
 issued midway, or on July 1st. On December 31, 1909, 
 one-year policies will upon this assumption have been 
 in force six months, and will have one-half of their 
 term complete, the unearned premium factor, there- 
 fore, being %. Two-year policies issued during 1909 
 have been in force on the average six months, have 
 eighteen months still to run and the unearned pre- 
 mium factor is, therefore, %. The application of this 
 rule results in obtaining the following fractions to 
 represent the unearned premium factors, and in order 
 to save a lengthy description, the date of the examina- 
 tion is again assumed to be December 31, 1909, in 
 each case: 
 
 Policies issued in 1909 for 1 year have 1/2 of gross premium unearned 
 
 « " " 1908 " 2 years " 1/4 " " 
 
 " " " 1909 " 2 " " 3/4 " 
 
 « « « 1907 " 3 " " 1/6 " 
 
 " " " 1908 " 3 " " 1/2 " 
 
 it « « 1909 « 3 « « 5/6 « 
 
 " " " 1906 " 4 " " 1/8 " 
 
 « « « 19Q7 « 4 « « 3/8 « 
 
 « « « i9Qg « 4 u « 5/8 « 
 
 « « " 1909 " 4 " " 7/8 " 
 
 « " " 1905 " 5 " " 1/10 " 
 
 " « " 1906 " 5 " " 3/10 " 
 
 a « « 1907 « 5 .< « 1/2 « 
 
 « " " 1908 " 5 " " 7/10 " 
 " " " 1909 " 5 " " 9/10 " 
 
 If this method be used policies mnning for less than 
 one year, but still in force at the time of the examina- 
 
86 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 tion, are included with the one-year contracts, 50 per 
 cent, of their gross premiums being carried. 
 
 The second method inferring as it does that there 
 is a uniform distribution of the company's business 
 throughout the months of the year, should not be used 
 in those cases where this assumption is clearly unjus- 
 tified by the actual facts or in those cases where the 
 financial condition of the company is such as to require 
 an absolute determination of the unearned premium 
 account. 
 
 In the case of marine insurance companies, there is 
 a different rule for calculating the unearned pre- 
 miums ; on policies covering hulls and what are known 
 as time cargoes, it is usual to consider that 50 per cent, 
 of the outstanding premiums are unearned. On car- 
 goes insured for a specific voyage (on a particular 
 vessel for a voyage say from Liverpool to New York) 
 it is usual to require that 100 per cent, of the gross 
 premium shall be carried as a liability. In Massa- 
 chusetts, for instance, this has become part of sec- 
 tion 11, which, in stating the duties of the commis- 
 sioner, provides that: 
 
 ^' In respect to marine risks he shall compute 
 the liability thereon by charging fifty per cent, of 
 the amount of premiums written in its policies 
 upon yearly risks, and upon risks covering more 
 than one passage not terminated, and the full 
 amount of premiums written in policies upon all 
 other marine risks not terminated ; but in the case 
 of foreign fire and marine insurance companies 
 with less than three hundred thousand dollars 
 capital, admitted to transact fire insurance only 
 in this commonwealth, the full amount of pre- 
 miums written in other marine and inland naviga- 
 tion and transportation insurance policies shall 
 ^ be charged as liability." 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 87 
 
 The only other special form of unearned premium, 
 account which occurs to me at this time is one that 
 you may find in the examination of fire insurance com- 
 panies located in the State of Pennsylvania and the 
 southern part of New Jersey; these companies issue 
 what are called '' perpetual " policies, whereby the 
 owner of the property pays a sum to the insurance 
 company when the policy is issued and no further 
 premiums are required, the assumption being that the 
 interest on the deposit will be sufficient to reimburse 
 the company for its outlays in the matter of losses. 
 Should the policyholder wish to surrender his policy 
 he is entitled to receive a certain percentage (usually 
 90 per cent.) of the deposit, and upon these contracts 
 the liability charged is the amount of the premiums 
 which could be claimed by the policyholders if they 
 elected to cancel their policies. 
 
 In calculating the unearned premiums of an insur- 
 ance company, credit should be given for the reinsur- 
 ance which it has effected in other solvent,' admitted 
 corporations. The credit which is allowed is to be 
 calculated in the same way in which the unearned pre- 
 miums are calculated. In the case of life insurance 
 companies, the reinsurance credit is the reserve which 
 the reinsuring company maintains upon the policy 
 which it issues to the company which you are examin- 
 ing. If, for instance, the compan.y you are examining 
 has issued an endowment policy for $100,000, of which 
 it has reinsured $50,000, not upon the endowment plan 
 but as a one-year term policy, you would charge it 
 with the reserve on the $100,000 endowment policy, 
 and give it credit for the mean reserve on the term 
 policy which has been issued in its favor. 
 
88 Examination of Insueance Companies 
 
 I pointed out to you that the method of computing 
 the policy liability, except in the case of life insurance 
 companies, was unscientific, and you will appreciate 
 this the more if you stop to consider that although 
 a company pays its commissions and all other expenses 
 incident to the procurement of its business when the 
 policy first goes into force, the unearned premium 
 account is nevertheless calculated upon the basis of 
 the gross premium. 
 
CHAPTER XI 
 
 Installment Policies — Surrender Values Claimable — 
 Different Forms of Death Claim Liabilities — Re- 
 sisted Claims — Accident and Health Claims — 
 Contingency Reserve. 
 
 The second group of liabilities consists of the claims 
 and losses. The claims (I have used this term to dis- 
 tinguish the liability from a death loss liability) which 
 you will find in your examination of life insurance 
 companies are of two kinds, those arising from the 
 unpaid installments on death claims and the unpaid 
 surrender values which may be demanded on lapsed 
 policies. 
 
 Some policies provide that in the event of the death 
 of the insured the beneficiary will receive the amount 
 insured in a certain number of stated installments 
 instead of in one lump sum. It will be clear to you 
 that the present value of ten installments of $100 each 
 is less than $1,000, for instance, and therefore this 
 method of payment when applied to any form of insur- 
 ance costs less than does the payment of the proceeds 
 of the policy in one sum. Cheapness, however, is not 
 the sole consideration, for it is felt by many policy- 
 holders that they prefer to effectually provide for 
 their beneficiaries receiving a definite income, rather 
 than to trust to the uncertainties of investments which 
 will be selected by the beneficiaries or their advisors. 
 
 The interest rate which shall be used in determining 
 
 [89] 
 
90 
 
 Examination of Insurakcb Companies 
 
 the present value of the instalhneiits is determined by 
 the rates specified in the statutes or the policies for the 
 valuation; if, for instance, the policies are valued 
 according to some mortality table with interest at 3^2 
 per centum per annum, the coromuted value of the 
 installments would be calculated at that rate. Install- 
 ment policies provide that the first installment shall 
 become due and payable upon the approval of proofs 
 of death and the others upon the subsequent anniver- 
 saries of the death of the insured. In the case of a 
 policy, the proceeds of which are payable in ten install- 
 ments, it will be apparent to you that 
 
 The 1st payment is due immediately. 
 
 ''2nd 
 
 
 ' " in 1 year. 
 
 ''3rd 
 
 
 " "2 years 
 
 "4th 
 
 
 " " 3 " 
 
 " 5th 
 
 
 " " 4 " 
 
 "6th 
 
 
 " " 5 " 
 
 "7th 
 
 
 " " 6 " 
 
 "8th 
 
 
 " " 7 " 
 
 "9th 
 
 
 " " 8 " 
 
 " 10th 
 
 
 " " 9 " 
 
 From this table you will see that all of the values 
 which are payable will have been paid by the end of 
 the ninth year, and a table of present values con- 
 structed on a 3 Mi per cent, basis for a $1,000 policy 
 payable in ten equal annual installments, would be as 
 follows : 
 
 Present 
 
 value 
 
 of 
 
 1st 
 
 installment. . 
 
 $100.00 
 
 << 
 
 ( ( 
 
 a 
 
 2nd 
 
 <( 
 
 96.62 
 
 <( 
 
 (( 
 
 I i 
 
 3rd 
 
 < i 
 
 93.35 
 
 <( 
 
 < ( 
 
 << 
 
 4th 
 
 ii 
 
 90.19 
 
 n 
 
 (< 
 
 ii 
 
 5th 
 
 i( 
 
 87.14 
 
Examination^ op Insuraistce Companies 91 
 
 Present value of 
 
 (I 
 
 6th installment . . 
 
 $84 20 
 
 7th 
 
 81.35 
 
 8th 
 
 78.60 
 
 9th 
 
 75.94 
 
 10th 
 
 73.37 
 
 $860.76 
 
 In other words, at the tune of the death of the 
 insured the present value of the liability on this policy 
 would be $860.76, and if we are making an examina- 
 tion as of December 31, 1909, and the death under the 
 foregoing policy had occurred on July 1, 1909, we 
 would charge as a liability the present value of $760.76 
 due in six months. These installment payments are 
 sometimes called annuities certain; they involve no 
 mortality factor, which factor is, of course, taken into 
 account in any real annuity contract, as the term is 
 understood in life insurance phraseology. 
 
 The other form of claims arises from the right which 
 a policyholder has to demand a surrender value within 
 a specified time upon his policy contract which has 
 lapsed and upon which the company is no longer main- 
 taining a reserve. If the legal holder have the right 
 to demand, a surrender value the company must, of 
 course, be prepared to meet that demand. This car- 
 ries with it the necessity for maintaining as a liability 
 the amount of that demand, for in no other way can 
 we reach a correct determination of the surplus re- 
 maining for the protection of all the policyholders. 
 This surrender value may be demanded in the form of 
 a cash payment, a paid-up policy or extended insur- 
 ance, the form not affecting the amount of the liability, 
 
92 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 for in the case of paid-up and extended values we 
 should charge as a liability the single premium neces- 
 sary to provide for the protection. 
 
 In examining any insurance company it is important 
 that you should realize that a liability should be main- 
 tained for every loss or claim which occurred on or 
 before the date of the examination, even if the com- 
 pany has not been made aware of the fact until some 
 subsequent date ; in arriving at a statement of the con- 
 dition of a company, you are concerned not with the 
 liabilities of whose existence the company was aware, 
 but with the liabilities which existed, and you should, 
 therefore, include all losses which were outstanding at 
 the time of your examination ; if, for instance, a policy- 
 holder, living in Seattle and insured in a life insurance 
 company domiciled m New York, died on December 30, 
 the company would in all likelihood receive no notice 
 of that loss until some time in January, but if you 
 were making an examination, that loss should be con- 
 sidered as a liability outstanding on December 31st. 
 The failure of the company to maintain this liability 
 is not a legitimate source of criticism or condemna- 
 tion, but many well-managed companies to-day are 
 recognizing the correctness of this view and are main- 
 taining a reserve necessary to provide for this item 
 and based upon past experience or actual results. 
 
 In the case of life insurance companies the liabilities 
 on account of death claims are subdivided by the an- 
 nual statement blank into a number of items, as 
 follows : 
 
 Losses due and unpaid. 
 
 Losses in process of adjustment or adjusted 
 and not due. 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 93 
 
 Losses which have been reported and no proofs 
 received. 
 
 Matured endowments due and unpaid. 
 
 Death losses and other policy claims resisted by 
 the company. 
 
 Due and unpaid on annuity claims involving life 
 contingencies. 
 
 The object of this subdivision is to enable the super- 
 vising officer to observe whether the company is set- 
 tling its losses promptly or is unduly litigious in the 
 treatment of its policyholders. If, for instance, any 
 unduly large amount was reported as unpaid on death 
 losses which have become due, the supervising officer 
 would be justified in ascertaining the cause for this 
 condition. You will note that the last subdivision, 
 * ' due and unpaid on annuity claims involving life con- 
 tingencies, " is intended to provide not for the install- 
 ment values, but for the annuity contracts of the com- 
 pany ; annuities certain involve no life contingency, for 
 the installments are payable at certain definite times 
 either to the beneficiary or to some other recipient. 
 
 With the exception of the resisted claims, the deter- 
 mination of the amounts due in the other subdivisions 
 of the foregoing classification, is a simple matter, for 
 they will be the amounts due under the policy con- 
 tracts; in the case of resisted claims we are required 
 to use our best judgment in determining what the 
 liability should be. Life insurance companies are 
 unquestionably subject to claims which have no justifi- 
 cation, and it would, therefore, be manifestly unfair 
 to charge as a liability the face value of all the policies 
 upon which actions have been brought. An examina- 
 tion of the loss papers will soon develop whether the 
 
94 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 company is disposed to refuse payment upon claims 
 which it should recognize, and I have found that in the 
 case of honestly conducted companies it is a safe and 
 equitable rule to charge as a liability one-half of the 
 face value of the resisted claims. This will take into 
 account not only the judgments which the company 
 will have to pay on cases in which it is unsuccessful, 
 but also the costs and expenses which are involved in 
 defending claims in which it is successful. 
 
 In the case of companies transacting the business of 
 accident and health insurance, there are different 
 methods employed by the companies for the mainte- 
 nance of the loss reserve items. It is the usual custom 
 (and I think one which may be characterized as safe 
 and sane) to divide the outstanding losses on Decem- 
 ber 31st into three classes: first, the specific losses, 
 i. e., those upon which the company has received notice 
 that a death has occurred or an insured has lost a 
 hand or a foot, upon which class of accidental injuries 
 the policies provide for a definite payment, irre- 
 spective of the ultimate effects of the injury. 
 
 The second class takes into account other serious 
 injuries and includes all of those claims which give 
 evidence in the loss notice that the insured will be dis- 
 abled for a considerable time. The third class em- 
 braces the non-serious losses or those upon which the 
 approximate period of disability cannot be determined. 
 
 The proper method of treating the second and the 
 third classes is based upon the experience of the com- 
 pany; an inspection of its experience for five or ten 
 years (the longer the period of observation we have, 
 the more correct will be our estimates) will enable us 
 to obtain the average settlement which the company 
 
Examination of Insueancb Companies 95 
 
 lias made on its serious cases and a corresponding 
 figure for its non-serious cases. The application of 
 these factors to the number of cases outstanding at 
 the time of the examination will form a basis for the 
 liability which should be maintained; the methods of 
 settlement may vary, the increasing liberality in policy 
 contracts which competition has forced the various 
 companies to adopt and the varying conditions sur- 
 rounding the insured, are all responsible for a greater 
 liability than has been maintained by insurance com- 
 panies in the past. It has been my experience that the 
 reserves in the past have not been sufficient to meet the 
 losses, but I wish to make it clear that this has arisen 
 in most cases from no intentional desire upon the part 
 of the managers to understate their liabilities, but 
 from an honest failure to appreciate the conditions 
 which I have just mentioned as affecting this liability. 
 Conservative managers are beginning to realize these 
 changed conditions and it is this mental attitude which 
 probably accounts for the item which you will find 
 in a number of the statements of well-managed com- 
 panies, viz.: *' contingency reserve " or ** voluntary 
 reserve " sometimes amounting to $50,000, $100,000 
 or even $250,000. One of the contingencies which the 
 underwriters have in mind and which this fund is sup- 
 posed to cover, is the settlement of claims at higher 
 figures than the ones at which they have been carried 
 in the annual statement. 
 
 I hardly deem it necessary to call your attention to 
 the fact that in any statement of losses, due allowance 
 must be made for reinsurance in solvent, admitted 
 companies, but care must be exercised lest double credit 
 be given, first, in the deduction from outstanding 
 
96 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 losses, and second, as the allowance of the claims 
 against reinsuring companies as an asset. 
 
 It is likewise important in the case of every com- 
 pany to ascertain how the actual settlements under its 
 losses have compared with its estimates. It requires 
 some time for losses to be settled and it is advisable, 
 therefore, to select some date sufficiently far back to 
 indicate the effects of actual settlements of the losses. 
 The application of this test will show whether the 
 departments charged with the duty of furnishing esti- 
 mates of the outstanding losses have appreciated the 
 true import of the notices which have been received. 
 
CHAPTER XII 
 
 Fire Losses — Plate Glass Losses — Fidelity and 
 Surety Policies or Bonds Distinguished — Inability 
 to Keep Track of Issues — Suggested Remedies — 
 Salvage — Cosurety — Depository Bonds. 
 
 In the case of fire insurance companies the unpaid 
 losses are divided into three divisions only: those 
 which are adjusted and due, those which have not been 
 adjusted and those which are resisted. From the ex- 
 aminer's standpoint the treatment accorded losses in 
 fire insurance companies is characteristic of the 
 methods to be followed in the examination of compa- 
 nies transacting the other forms of insurance, with 
 such exceptions as I shall note hereafter. 
 
 In companies transacting plate glass insurance, the 
 treatment of losses is peculiar, inasmuch as the way 
 in which the business is conducted requires that losses 
 shall be settled not only promptly, but by the agency 
 in the locality in which the loss occurs. It would never 
 do, for instance, for a Home Ofl&ce in New York to 
 attempt to arrange for the replacement of a broken 
 pane of glass in Chicago. Such matters of adjustment 
 are usually handled by the agency in the place in which 
 the loss occurs and the first notice that the Home 
 Office gets of a loss is usually accompanied by some 
 evidence of its settlement. In consequence it is neces- 
 sary to take this fact into account in calculating the 
 
 [97] 
 
 7 
 
98 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 liabilities for the losses in plate glass insurance. Inci- 
 dentally I may call your attention to the fact that this 
 bears upon the matter to which I called your attention 
 yesterday, viz. : that in preparing the financial state- 
 ment of a company we should charge as a liability the 
 losses which had occurred at the date of the examina- 
 tion, whether they had been reported to the Home 
 Office by that time or not. 
 
 As a usual thing companies which transact a fidelity 
 business also issue surety bonds, and it may be well 
 for me to define these two classes of business. A 
 fidelity policy is a contract entered into between an 
 insurance company and an obligee, whereby the former 
 guarantees the faithful performance of a duty by some 
 third party; it does not require that the third party 
 shall even be aware of the existence of the policy. The 
 forms used for this contract are those prepared by the 
 company and are not fixed by statute. 
 
 It is the practice of fidelity and surety companies 
 to classify only the foregoing as '' fidelity " risks, all 
 other forms being considered as " surety;" the latter 
 classification includes appeal bonds (given to protect 
 litigants in appeal cases) — guardians', referees' and 
 administrators' bonds (forms of guarantee usually 
 required by the courts) — contractors' bonds, guaran- 
 teeing that they will complete their work in accordance 
 with specifications — maintenance bonds, given to a 
 city, for instance, to guarantee that the asphalt streets 
 will be maintained in a proper condition for a certain 
 number of years — excise bonds, providing for a pen- 
 alty in the event of the violation of the statutes by a 
 liquor dealer — supply bonds, covering the quality of 
 supplies to be furnished, and the various other forms 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 99 
 
 for which modern civilization has created a demand. 
 Broadly speaking a fidelity policy may be said to 
 involve the integrity of some person who is to perform 
 a duty, while in surety bonds this element is absent. 
 It must not be understood that this distinction is 
 inflexible, for it will be apparent to you that some of 
 the bonds which I have just characterized as ' ' surety ' ' 
 do involve the element of integrity to a certain extent. 
 
 There is one matter, however, to which I wish to 
 draw your attention in the treatment of fidelity poli- 
 cies or bonds; it is the usual practice of companies 
 issuing them to provide that the obligee shall have a 
 certain time after the expiration of the bond in which 
 to discover evidences of peculation or wrongdoing. If, 
 for instance, a fidelity policy has been issued to an 
 employer guaranteeing the honesty of his employee 
 for twelve months from January 1, 1909, it is usual to 
 include in the policy form a provision that the em- 
 ployer has until July 1, 1910, in which to report any 
 dishonest acts which were committed during the twelve 
 months from January 1, 1909. You will of course 
 recognize the justice of this privilege. For that 
 reason I have raised the point (and I think the correct- 
 ness of it is now generally admitted) that it is incor- 
 rect for a company to consider that the bond which I 
 have just mentioned expired on January 1, 1910. 
 Some provision should be made for the losses which 
 may be reported to the company during what I may 
 term the ' ' period of discovery, ' ' viz. : the six months 
 which have elapsed since the bond or policy ter- 
 minated. 
 
 In the case of fidelity and surety bonds (and you 
 will note throughout this talk that I have used the 
 
100 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 terms " policies " and '* bonds " interchangeably) 
 there are numerous points to which I wish to direct 
 your attention. In the first place, I wish to point out 
 the dangerous situation which is prevalent at the pres- 
 ent time owing to the way in which the bonds are 
 issued. In a subsequent talk I shall refer to the proper 
 way of ascertaining whether the agents of other mis- 
 cellaneous companies who have the privilege of issuing 
 policies from their own offices are reporting the issues 
 to the Home Office. That method of checking, how- 
 ever, will not be applicable to fidelity and surety com- 
 panies, for the nature of the business prevents the use 
 of printed and numbered forms furnished from the 
 Home Office. The language employed in bonds is dis- 
 similar and has to be adapted to each particular case, 
 so the use of a printed form is practically an impossi- 
 bility. I have, therefore, suggested that the remedy 
 for this condition might be found in one of three ways, 
 and I wish to refer to them here in order that j^ou will 
 have them in mind. 
 
 I suggested first that the various Legislatures or the 
 Insurance Commissioners (if they have the power) 
 shall require that all court bonds be either executed on 
 printed forms furnished by the Home Office and 
 authenticated by the proper officers, or that they be 
 written upon sheets of paper furnished by the Home 
 Office and registered there in some way. The second 
 remedy that I proposed was that all bonds, such as 
 maintenance and general surety, be written only upon 
 sheets of paper furnished by the Home Office and re- 
 corded as previously suggested. In lieu of the fore- 
 going I suggested that statutes should be enacted in 
 the various states requiring that every bond issued by 
 
Examination op Insueance Companies 101 
 
 any agent shall have attached to it a certificate from 
 the Insurance Commissioner of the State where the 
 agency is located certifying to the fact that the com- 
 pany is authorized to transact business. If this were 
 done the company could have a complete record of the 
 certificates which Jiave been used by any agency and 
 it would be a simple matter to verify the data of the 
 bonds to which the certificates have been attached. At 
 the present time to properly check the court bonds, for 
 instance, which have been issued, an auditor from the 
 Home Office is compelled to visit every court, examine 
 the records and ascertain the bonds upon which his 
 company is bound. 
 
 The question of salvage has more bearing upon 
 surety matters than upon almost any other form of 
 indemnity, although in the case of fire insurance com- 
 panies and marine companies we find that salvage 
 items exist ; we do not find them, however, to the same 
 extent as we do in surety companies. At the present 
 time companies are not permitted to take credit for 
 salvage (doubtless owing to the peculiar nature of the 
 various items which are claimed) and it would be a 
 matter of some difficulty to lay down any rule for the 
 proper allowance of salvage as an asset. At the same 
 time we must not close our eyes to the fact that equity 
 requires us to admit that salvage has some value, and 
 while in the case of a company with a substantial sur- 
 plus the question of salvage is unimportant, the sub- 
 ject has considerable weight and importance in the 
 case of a smaller company not possessed of a large 
 working surplus; in the former case it is the usual 
 practice to disregard the salvage and simply consider 
 it as so much profit when it is disposed of. 
 
102 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 Co-surety is a term applied to an agreement whereby- 
 one surety company agrees to become liable on any 
 particular risk with another. For instance, in some 
 court proceedings two sureties are required, no matter 
 how strong financially one of them may be; in conse- 
 quence it is the usual practice for a surety company 
 to become co-surety with another in consideration of 
 an almost insignificant premium. I have in mind one 
 case where on a bond of $200,000 Company A received 
 only l/42d of the premium which Company B received, 
 and the latter executed an agreement whereby Com- 
 pany A was to become liable for only l/42nd of the 
 losses. While this agreement may have been binding 
 upon the two companies, it did not affect the court or 
 the person to whom the bond was given, as Company 
 A was liable for the full amount of the bond, $200,000, 
 if for any reason Company B could not have met the 
 liability. 
 
 Depository bonds are bonds issued by surety com- 
 panies guaranteeing that a deposit in a bank or a trust 
 company will be paid upon demand. It is the usual 
 custom for municipal bodies (a State or a city) to 
 require that a bank in which their funds are deposited 
 shall furnish a depository bond. In times of financial 
 stress and panic these bonds may become a serious 
 menace to the surety companies issuing them. While 
 the percentage of losses which the depositors of banks 
 in this country have sustained is commendably small, 
 and therefore the question of ultimate loss may not be 
 a vital one, a surety company may be seriously embar- 
 rassed by the necessity of paying out large sums of 
 money at one time and being compelled to wait until 
 the liquidation of various banking institutions pro- 
 
Examination" of Insurance Companies 103 
 
 vides funds for repayment. The law of average does 
 not work here as in the case of other forms of insur- 
 ance, for it must be apparent to you that there will be 
 an uneven distribution of losses ; panicky times affect 
 all of the depositories upon which a company has 
 issued its bonds, while in the case of other forms of 
 indemnity, sources of losses do not affect all of the 
 policyholders at the same time. 
 
CHAPTER XIII 
 
 Special Liabilities — Credit Policies — Definition — 
 Methods of Treating Accounts with Insolvent 
 Debtors — Liability Policies Distinguished from 
 Workmen's Collective Policies — New York and 
 Michigan Methods of Computing Reserves. 
 
 If we examine the schedule of liabilities in the 
 annual statement blank which miscellaneous insurance 
 companies are required to file with the various Insur- 
 ance Departments, we find that there are two kinds of 
 business for which special items are provided — credit 
 insurance and liability insurance.* 
 
 The special items applicable to credit insurance are 
 of two kinds, one being " special reserve for accrued 
 losses on policies expiring in October, November and 
 December," the other being ^' special reserve for 
 accrued losses on credit policies in force." In order 
 that these special items may be thoroughly understood, 
 it will be necessary for me to explain the theory upon 
 which credit insurance is founded. 
 
 A credit insurance policy may briefly be described 
 as an agreement upon the part of an insurance com- 
 pany to indemnify its policyholder against losses 
 arising from the insolvency of his customers in excess 
 of Ms average experience; you will note, therefore, 
 that he is not protected against all of the losses which 
 
 * See chapter XXI. 
 
 [104] 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 105 
 
 he may sustain, but only against those which are in 
 excess of his usual experience. This average experi- 
 ence or '' initial loss " or " own loss " (these being 
 the terms usually applied) is found by taking an aver- 
 age of the losses which the merchant has sustained 
 from the insolvency of his customers during the pre- 
 ceding five years. You will find that the policy re- 
 quires that the insured shall protect himself and the 
 company against abnormal bad debts by selling only 
 a limited amount of merchandise to those customers 
 who are not financially strong, the amount of the sales 
 which the merchant is permitted to make being based 
 upon the rating given the customer by the recognized 
 commercial agencies ; you will also find that the policy 
 provides that the company shall not be liable for more 
 than a certain amount on any one risk (irrespective of 
 the rating) , and that its total liability under the policy 
 is limited to a certain figure. For instance, the policy 
 may be what is called a $25,000-$100,000 policy, which 
 means that after the initial loss has been sustained by 
 the insured, the maximum amount for which the com- 
 pany is liable on any one of the merchant's customers 
 is $25,000, and the maximum amount for which the 
 company is liable on any number of insolvent cus- 
 tomers is $100,000. 
 
 I know of no other form of insurance which is like 
 credit insurance in the particular which I am now 
 about to describe, viz., that no loss can be collected by 
 the assured under a credit policy until it has expired. 
 The policy provides that the protection shall cover a 
 certain period, in nearly every case a year ; at the ex- 
 piration of that period an accounting is made between 
 the assured and the company, and if the initial loss, 
 
106 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 has been exceeded, then the company is liable for the 
 excess. While the assured has to give the company 
 notice of every loss as soon as it occurs, no settlement 
 or adjustment can be made until the policy has ex- 
 pired. The assured has thirty days after the expira- 
 tion to file his claim with the company, and the com- 
 pany has sixty days after that to investigate the 
 accounts and make its settlements with the policy- 
 holder. 
 
 Under these circumstances you will see the wisdom 
 of requiring that a company shall carry as a liability 
 the unearned premium on the policies expiring in the 
 three months preceding the date of the examination, 
 less, however, any amount which has been paid to the 
 assured on account of those policies. If, for instance, 
 a policy expired in October, and the company were 
 able to adjust the account in November, it would be 
 manifestly unfair to the company to give it no credit 
 on December 31st in this item for the payment which 
 it had made. 
 
 Credit companies have different methods of treating 
 the accounts with insolvent debtors which remain 
 open at the time of the settlement. A credit company 
 may take an assignment of the claim of its assured 
 in such accounts and rely for its repayment upon the 
 settlement which the insolvent debtor makes with his 
 creditors. In other cases the assured may be willing 
 to allow a claim against one of his customers at a 
 figure satisfactory to the company, and the company 
 then is required to pay only the difference between the 
 amount owed and the figure at which the account is 
 taken over. A third method is by the making of an 
 agreement between the company and the assured 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 107 
 
 whereby in the case of doubtful accounts the matter is 
 permitted to remain open, the company assuming its 
 liability for settlement to be made in the future. In 
 some cases which have come to my attention recently 
 it has been the practice of companies to disregard such 
 agreements in a statement of their liabilities and to 
 consider that the loss has been adjusted and the inci- 
 dent closed. It will be apparent to you that this 
 method of treatment is incorrect, for some liability 
 does exist on account of these unadjusted items. 
 
 I pointed out to you in my first talk that supervision 
 in this country was largely a matter of gradual devel- 
 opment, and this method of charging a liability for 
 the expirations of the three months preceding the 
 examination is an instance, for this requirement was 
 not enforced until about seven years ago, when the 
 first real examination of a credit insurance company 
 in this country was made. Until that time only 50 
 per cent, of the gross premiums were charged as a 
 liability, the item being treated in exactly the same 
 way as the unearned premium account of a fire or an 
 accident company was. During that examination it 
 developed that some provision ought to be made for 
 the policies expiring in the preceding three months. 
 
 That method was followed until 1909, when the New 
 York and the Massachusetts Insurance Departments 
 made an examination of a credit insurance company 
 and developed the fact that the charging of 50 per 
 cent, of the gross premiums was not a sufficient allow- 
 ance, for the reason which I have indicated, viz., that 
 owing to the peculiar nature of credit insurance, none 
 of the losses could be paid until the expiration of the 
 policy, and, therefore, none of the premiums could be 
 
108 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 earned until that time. These two Departments, there- 
 fore, established the rule that on all unexpired policies 
 75 per cent, of the gross premiums written should be 
 carried as a liability instead of 50 per cent, as hereto- 
 fore. This extra 25 jDer cent, is the amount to be car- 
 ried in the '' special reserve for accrued losses on 
 credit policies in force ' ' mentioned before, the remain- 
 ing 50 per cent, being included in the calculation of 
 the unearned premiums. I think the reasoning is 
 eminently sound and it is in line with the idea which 
 I had in mind as expressed in the paper which I read 
 before the National Convention of Insurance Commis- 
 sioners in September, 1907, in outlining what, in my 
 opinion, should be considered the proper reserve on 
 surety bonds: 
 
 * ' I believe then that no surety company should 
 consider a premium or fee earned until all possi- 
 bility of risk thereon has passed away. To give 
 this idea concrete form I would say, that, in my 
 opinion, a company should carry as an unearned 
 premium charge the gross premiums which it has 
 received upon risks still open, less any payments 
 which have been made to agents, or brokers, for 
 securing the business. I am willing to admit what 
 must be apparent to all who have considered this 
 problem, viz., that this proposition will be in- 
 effectual unless a sufficient premium or fee be 
 charged. This criticism must apply to any lia- 
 bility charge based upon the premium received, 
 and without this adequacy it will be impossible to 
 prevent the inequality between companies which 
 I pointed out in a previous paragraph. ' ' 
 
 The two departments just referred to, have assumed 
 that the procurement expenses (the agency expenses) 
 
Examination of Insueance Companies 109 
 
 will amount to 25 per cent, of the gross premiums, 
 hence they have charged the balance, 75 per cent., as 
 the representation of the unearned premium; whether 
 this amount is correct or not depends largely upon the 
 business conditions of the country. In times of great 
 prosperity the losses of a credit company will never 
 equal that figure, and I think the reverse is true, viz.: 
 that in times of depressed business conditions it is not 
 unlikely that the figure will be exceeded. 
 
 The table to which I referred the other day as com- 
 paring the actual settlements with the estimates, is 
 particularly useful in the matter of credit insurance, 
 for it shows the adequacy of the estimates which have 
 been made in the past. It is well not to lose sight of 
 the general practice of Insurance Departments in this 
 matter and the theory upon which the liabilities for 
 annual statement purposes are prepared. It is assumed 
 that companies will provide for the most adverse con- 
 dition of affairs and that the liabilities which they will 
 carry will be sufficient to meet such conditions. Should 
 it become necessary for a credit company to reinsure 
 its business it is not unlikely that the company which 
 takes over its policies would require its unearned pre- 
 mium account to be computed on the basis of 75 per 
 cent, of the written premiums, and the requirement of 
 the Departments, therefore, is justified. 
 
 In order that you may understand the special item 
 referring to liability companies " special reserve for 
 unpaid liability losses " it will be necessary for me to 
 make a more extended explanation. You will recall 
 that a liability policy is an agreement made by an in- 
 surance company to indemnify the assured against loss 
 from the liability imposed hy law upon the assured for 
 
110 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 damages which are the result of bodily injuries (both 
 fatal and non-fatal) which are suffered by certain other 
 person or persons. There are various forms of liabil- 
 ity policies ; employers ' liability, covering the accidents 
 to employees — elevator liability, covering the liabili- 
 ties resulting from accidents due to elevators — teams* 
 liability, covering accidents caused by teams — physi- 
 cians ' liability, protecting the assured against claims 
 of malpractice, error or mistake, and various other 
 forms. 
 
 A distinction must be drawn between a liability 
 policy and a workmen's collective policy, for under the 
 former the company is not liable for any indemnity or 
 any payments made by the assured for ivhich he cannot 
 be legally held responsible. If, for instance, a work- 
 man should be injured and the injury be not the result 
 of negligence upon the part of the employer, or be one 
 for which he (the employer) is not legally liable, there 
 could be no recovery under the liability policy, even 
 if the employer should wish to pay the injured work- 
 man his wages during the time of his disablement. 
 Under a workmen's collective policy, however, the 
 contingency which I have just mentioned would be 
 covered. 
 
 The difficulty in estimating the future losses under 
 liability policies arises from two causes. Different 
 companies have different methods of handling their 
 losses; one may feel that it is its duty to contest every 
 claim which is made against one of its policyholders, 
 and, therefore, its losses will not be settled for a great 
 many years ; another company may feel that the proper 
 method of handling its losses is to make prompt set- 
 tlements. The second cause is the more serious and 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 1.11 
 
 important one, viz.: that the relation between the em- 
 ployer and the employee, which is the basis upon 
 which liability insurance is predicated, is changing 
 day by day. The limits of the liability incurred by the 
 employer are being broadened and widened in such a 
 way as to make it more difficult for the employer to 
 escape the results of any accident. In fact, there seems 
 to be a tendency to compel the employer to figure the 
 wear and tear on his employees in the same way that 
 he does the wear and tear on his machinery, and to 
 figure that the cost of accidents occurring during the 
 manufacture of any article should be included among 
 the legitimate costs of production. It would appear 
 that we are rapidly approaching a Workmen's Com- 
 pensation Act in this country similar to the one in 
 vogue in some of the European countries,* whereby 
 the workman receives compensation for injuries sus- 
 tained during the course of his work, whether they be 
 caused by his negligence or not (intentional injuries or 
 the wilful disregard of safety devices, being the only 
 bars to recovery). In Germany this feature of work- 
 men's compensation has probably received more at- 
 tention than in any other country. In England the 
 changes have served rather to modify the relationship 
 between the employer and the employee rather than to 
 place the indemnity upon the basis of a compensation 
 act; it would appear, however, that these modifications 
 in England have not resulted in the satisfactory con- 
 dition hoped for by their sponsors. 
 
 All of the aforementioned reasons made it necessary 
 to devise some method of arriving at a proper reserve 
 
 * The State of New York now has one which applies to eight 
 hazardous occupations. 
 
112 Examination of Insueance Companies 
 
 for future settlement of losses which had accrued on 
 liability policies. In New York the rule for the calcu- 
 lation of this particular liability is found in section 86 
 (see Appendix J) ; this method provides for the di- 
 vision of the data for the loss reserve into two parts: 
 first, the ascertainment of the number of notices of 
 injury which have been received within eighteen 
 months, and second, the number of suits outstanding 
 upon notices received more than eighteen months be- 
 fore the time of rendering the report. In the case of 
 companies which have been in the business for ten 
 years or longer, the experience of each company is 
 examined in order to find out what is the average 
 amount which it has paid on its suits and also what 
 amount it has paid on notices which were settled with- 
 out litigation. These factors having been determined, 
 they are multiplied by the number of each of the 
 appropriate items, and from the product is deducted 
 the amount of all payments which it has made on ac- 
 count of the injuries reported within eighteen months. 
 It is difficult in a few words to properly express all 
 of the terms of this law, and you are referred to the 
 statute itself in order that you may learn all of its 
 provisions. 
 
 In Michigan, the law is based upon a different 
 theory. The number of notices and suits is disregarded 
 and the company is required to carry as a liability 
 50 per cent, of the premiums received and earned, 
 which result is adjusted by such an amount as in the 
 opinion of the Insurance Commissioner is necessary 
 (see Appendix K). 
 
 It is the consensus of opinion that neither of these 
 laws gives satisfactory results, and at the present time 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 113 
 
 (November, 1910), the subject is receiving the careful 
 attention of liability underwriters; it seems desirable 
 from many standpoints to base the estimate of future 
 losses upon the experience of the past, both as to the 
 amount of payments and the length of time which will 
 elapse between the date of loss and the date of pay- 
 ment. In connection with this I wish you to read an 
 article on this subject which appeared in the *' Weekly 
 Underwriter " in February, 1908, and of which you 
 have received copies (see Appendix L). I also wish 
 to direct your attention to a paper which I read before 
 The Liability Association in October, 1910 (see Ap- 
 pendix Q), outlining a different method for arriving at 
 the loss reserve. In California, Connecticut, Illinois 
 and Massachusetts the statutes governing the calcula- 
 tion of the loss reserve item are practically the same 
 as the one on the statute books in New York. 
 
 Before concluding this talk on the subject of lia- 
 bility and credit insurance, I desire to briefly refer to 
 the question of the " limits of risk." Under a liability 
 policy the limitations are usually expressed in a simi- 
 lar manner to the method outlined for credit insurance ; 
 a policy issued on a $5,000-$100,000 basis would mean 
 that while on any particular accident the company's 
 liability is limited to $100,000 on all persons, it does 
 not hold itself responsible for more than $5,000 on any 
 one life. The limit on this policy would be $100,000. 
 In the case of a credit insurance policy, however, a 
 vital distinction exists, and the limit is considered to 
 be the amount which the company will be required to 
 pay upon the insolvency of any one debtor; in the illus- 
 tration before mentioned, a $25,000-$100,000 policy, 
 the limit would be $25,000. 
 8 
 
114 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 There is another distinction to which your attention 
 should be directed between these two forms; under a 
 credit policy the company can never be compelled to 
 pay out more than the maximum limit, while under a 
 liability policy the maximum limit as stated applies 
 only to one accident, and the liability of the company, 
 therefore, continues upon subsequent occurrences. 
 
CHAPTER XIV 
 
 Miscellaneous Liabilities — Special or Advisory Board 
 Contracts — Taxes Due or Accrued — Borrowed 
 Money — Capital Stock — Sale of Stock in Connec- 
 tion with Life Insurance Forbidden. 
 
 Before taking up the question of the liabilities re- 
 sulting from the dividends on life insurance policies, 
 I shall refer to the miscellaneous liabilities which are 
 found in the statement of life insurance companies. 
 
 After disposing of the reserves and the policy 
 claims, you will find in the annual statement blank, 
 Convention edition of 1909 (which means the form of 
 annual statement blank which was adopted at the 
 1909 session of the National Convention of Insurance 
 Commissioners, and which is now generally used 
 throughout the United States), an item of 
 
 Due and unpaid on supplementary contracts not in- 
 volving life contingencies 
 
 You will note that this is similar in wording to the 
 item referring to the amounts not yet due on install- 
 ment contracts, with the exception that this item calls 
 for the amounts which are due and unpaid, while the 
 former item referred to the present item of amounts 
 not yet due. The present item is also intended to cover 
 another form of liability which you will find in your 
 examination of the smaller and the more recently 
 
 [115] 
 
116 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 formed life insurance companies. I refer to the item 
 of amounts due on what are called " Special " or 
 ^'Advisory Board " contracts. These are supplemen- 
 tary agreements which have been entered into by the 
 insurance company with a certain number of its policy- 
 holders, whereby a definite amount (usually $1 per 
 thousand of insurance in force) is set aside each year 
 and a special fund thereby created, the proceeds from 
 which are shared annually by the policyholders com- 
 posing these special groups. 
 
 It is usual to limit these groups to 100 or 200 or 500 
 shareholders, and each man who takes a policy for a 
 certain amount (usually $5,000) is entitled to one of 
 these shares. It has been the custom of companies in 
 the past to form various series of these Advisory 
 Board contracts. For instance, a company will form one 
 group which it will call the United States group, and 
 agree to set aside each year $1 on each $1,000 of insur- 
 ance on all policies written and in force in the United 
 States ; another group will be formed called the State 
 of Indiana group, and $1 or $.50 will be set aside each 
 year for each $1,000 of insurance written and in force 
 in that State. 
 
 It will be apparent to you that this system entails 
 a serious drain upon the company, but it has been 
 objected to for another reason ; it apparently creates a 
 discrimination between the policyholders, and a recent 
 summary prepared by the representative of a number 
 of companies indicates that in reference to Advisory 
 Board contracts 
 
 28 States have statutes expressly forbidding them. 
 9 States have forbidden them by rulings of their 
 Insurance Departments. 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 117 
 
 1 State has a departmental ruling which forbids 
 them unless offered to all policyholders alike. 
 
 1 State has a decision by its Supreme Court de- 
 claring them to be illegal under the anti-dis- 
 crimination statute. 
 
 In dealing with Advisory Board contracts the exam- 
 iner should realize that the liability under them arises 
 from two sources : first, the amounts which remain in 
 the fund and are undistributed at the time of the 
 examination (as a usual thing the policyholder does 
 not receive his share of the fund until he pays his re- 
 newal premium), and second, the amount which has 
 accrued in the fund between the time of the last ascer- 
 tainment and the date of the examination. 
 
 Premiums paid in advance, including surrender values 
 so applied 
 
 This refers to the practice which some policyholders 
 have of paying their premiums before they become 
 due, in which case the entire premium so paid in ad- 
 vance is chargeable as a liability. The reserve on a 
 company's policies is calculated on the basis of the 
 length of time which has elapsed between the date of 
 issue and the date of the examination; it follows that 
 if any premiums have been paid in advance of their 
 due dates, they have not been taken into account in the 
 calculation of the reserve. It becomes necessary, there- 
 fore, to charge the gross amount collected from the 
 insured, as in the event of his death before the pre- 
 mium becomes due, it must in the absence of any 
 special agreement be returned to his beneficiary. 
 
118 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 Unearned interest and rent paid in advance 
 
 You will recall that wlien considering the assets of 
 a company we gave it credit for the accrued interest 
 on its policy loans and also for the rents which were 
 due and accrued on the real estate which it owned. It 
 is the practice of some companies to insist upon the 
 payment of interest in advance by the policyholders 
 who effect loans upon their policy contracts. If a 
 policy loan were made on July 1st and interest col- 
 lected for a year in advance from the borrower, you 
 would (if your examination were being made as of 
 December 31st of that year) charge six months' un- 
 earned interest on the policy loan. This is consonant 
 with the way in which we treated accrued interest. In 
 the same way if any tenant on any of the property 
 owned by the company has paid his rent for a period 
 beyond the date of the examination, the unearned 
 portion of that payment is properly chargeable as a 
 liability. 
 
 Commissions due to agents on premium notes when 
 paid 
 
 We allow the premium notes as an asset and do not 
 provide for any deduction for commissions as we do 
 in the case of uncollected and deferred premiums ; it 
 is but proper, therefore, that the company should 
 maintain as a liability the commission which it will 
 have to pay when the policyholder liquidates the in- 
 debtedness represented by the premium note. 
 
 * ' Cost of collection ' ' on uncollected and deferred pre- 
 miums in excess of the loading thereon 
 
 You will recall that when we were dealing with 
 the subject of uncollected and deferred premiums, I 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 119 
 
 pointed out that we deducted the loading in order to 
 bring these items to the net basis which was used in 
 computing the reserve liability upon the policies. In 
 the same way if the amount which the company will 
 have to pay in the future on its uncollected and de- 
 ferred premiums exceed the loading, a correct state- 
 ment of the assets and liabilities requires that we 
 should take cognizance of this condition and charge as 
 a liability the difference between the amount which the 
 company will have to pay out for collecting this asset 
 and the loading which represents the expense fund 
 available for that purpose. 
 
 Salaries, rents, office expenses, bills and accounts due 
 
 or accrued 
 Medical Examiners' fees and legal fees due or accrued 
 
 I have combined these two items for they deal with 
 practically the same classes of items. They are almost 
 self-explanatory, and I shall therefore confine my dis- 
 cussion of them to pointing out one or two unusual 
 items which should nevertheless be included. If the 
 taxes on the real estate which the company owns have 
 not been promptly paid they should be charged as a 
 liability. If the company has ordered merchandise, 
 printed matter or supplies which it has received before 
 the date of the examination, the bills for them are 
 properly chargeable as a liability, even though the bills 
 have not been rendered or if they bear a date subse- 
 quent to the date of the examination. You can readily 
 see that it would not be proper for us to take any cog- 
 nizance of any arrangement which had been entered 
 into between the company and the one who furnished 
 the supplies as to when the bill should be dated. 
 
120 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 State, county and municipal taxes due or accrued 
 
 In considering this item it will be necessary to con- 
 sider it under two headings. The taxes which a life 
 insurance company is called upon to pay may either be 
 in the nature of a penalty which the State exacts for 
 transactions of the past, or they may be in the nature 
 of a franchise or occupation tax for its future trans- 
 actions. Taxes which can be referred to the first class 
 are surely a liability at the time of the examination, 
 but taxes answering to the latter description are not, 
 in my opinion, to be considered as liabilities outstand- 
 ing at the time of the examination, even though they 
 be calculated upon the basis of premium collections in 
 the past. 
 
 Advances by officers or others on account of expenses 
 of organization or otherwise 
 
 In the case of newly established companies you 
 may find that some agreement has been made with 
 its ofl&cers or organizers whereby certain sums are to 
 be paid to them after the company has started to 
 transact its business. In these cases the amounts so 
 promised are liabilities of the corporation and should 
 be so considered. 
 
 Borrowed money and interest thereon 
 
 I consider it almost unnecessary for me to discuss 
 the question of the liability arising from this source, 
 but I merely wish to call your attention to it as in some 
 cases the presence of an item of borrowed money may 
 render the balancing of the statement difficult. In 
 former years the blanks provided for a deduction 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 121 
 
 from the " ledger assets " in order that the statement 
 might be brought in balance with the result which 
 was obtained by adding or deducting the difference 
 between the income and the disbursements to or from 
 the ledger assets of the previous year. The present 
 form of blank disregards the question of *' ledger 
 liabilities," and in the case of a company which has 
 borrowed money the statement will not balance unless 
 the amount so borrowed is included in the income. 
 Some question exists as to the propriety of consider- 
 ing borrowed money as a source of income, and I 
 think in every properly kept set of books the '* bills 
 payable " should receive the same treatment as the 
 '* bills receivable." 
 
 Unpaid dividends to stockholders 
 
 If a company has declared a dividend payable to its 
 stockholders on a certain date it is customary to charge 
 the total amount of the dividend declaration as a liabil- 
 ity, even though the date of payment may fall beyond 
 the date of the examination. You will also find that in 
 a number of corporations it is impossible to locate 
 some of their stockholders or fractional shares of 
 stock are outstanding and dividends are payable 
 thereon. In those cases the unpaid dividends are 
 charged as a liability. 
 
 Capital stock 
 
 All of the capital stock which has been issued is a 
 liability of an insurance company. The proper way in 
 which to ascertain the amount of the outstanding stock 
 is not by accepting the statement of the controlling 
 
122 Examination of Insueance Companies 
 
 account in the general ledger or even the statement as 
 it appears in the stock ledger of the company; we 
 should work directly from the stubs in the stock cer- 
 tificate book. When a certificate of stock has been re- 
 turned for cancellation it should be attached to its 
 stub; the stubs, therefore, which have no certificates 
 attached to them, should indicate the number of shares 
 outstanding and the liability can be computed directly 
 therefrom. Of course, in the case of companies which 
 have been established for a great many years, it is not 
 unusual that some of the old certificates should be 
 missing. You will be able to decide, however, whether 
 these exceptional cases are the result of error or of 
 design. 
 
 Among some of the recently established companies 
 you will find that the stock has been sold to investors 
 and to policyholders by stock salesmen who have in 
 most cases used estimates of future earnings which 
 will never be realized and which have awakened false 
 hopes in the minds of those who purchased the stock. 
 This has been frowned upon by practically every In- 
 surance Commissioner, and a circular similar to the 
 one which I quoted in the matter of Advisory Board 
 contracts has been issued, from which the following in- 
 formation relative to the sale of stock in connection 
 with life insurance has been taken: 
 
 26 States have expressly forbidden it by statute. 
 
 7 States have Insurance Department rulings for- 
 bidding it. 
 
 1 State has a departmental ruling forbidding it 
 unless offered to all policyholders alike. 
 
 1 State has an Attorney-General's opinion de- 
 claring it to be illegal. 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 123 
 
 1 State has an Attorney-General's opinion de- 
 claring it to be illegal unless the option for 
 the purchase of the stock is contained in the 
 policy contract. 
 
 In these cases you may find that the purchasers of 
 the stock have made partial payments on account, and 
 if the certificates have not been issued it will be neces- 
 sary to charge these advance payments as a liability. 
 
 XJnassigned funds (surplus) 
 
 are, of course, the balance between the sum of all the 
 liabilities and the admitted assets ; the admitted assets 
 you will recall are the result of deducting the non- 
 admitted assets from the gross assets. In previous 
 years the annual statement blanks referred to this 
 item as '' gross divisible surplus." I mention this 
 lest the different designation may cause some confu- 
 sion in your minds. 
 
CHAPTER XV 
 
 Commissions on Uncollected Premiums — Dividend 
 Liabilities of Life Companies — Annual and Deferred 
 Dividends — Restrictions Placed on Dividends by 
 New York Statutes — By Ohio Statutes — Items of 
 Dividend Liability in Statement Blank — Tontine 
 Policies — Sources of Dividends. 
 
 An examination of the liabilities charged against 
 companies which transact other than a life insurance 
 business will indicate that there are no additional 
 points which require our consideration, with the pos- 
 sible exception of the commissions or brokerage which 
 are charged against the premiums in course of collec- 
 tion. As we gave the company credit only for those 
 premiums which were less than three months past due, 
 we must be careful to charge as a liability the com- 
 missions which will have to be paid, on only those pre- 
 miums which have been allowed as an asset. 
 
 You will recall that in separating the liabilities into 
 four groups I referred to the dividend liabilities ; this 
 group applies only to life insurance contracts. 
 
 Life insurance policies are issued either upon the 
 non-participating or the participating plan; as the pol- 
 icyholder is not entitled to any share of the profits on 
 non-participating policies the premiums charged are 
 naturally lower. Participating policies are subdivided 
 into two divisions — those providing for annual divi- 
 dends and those providing that the apportionment, or 
 
 [124] 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 125 
 
 rather payment, of proj&ts shall be deferred until some 
 date in the future. 
 
 The question of dividends assumed considerable im- 
 portance during the investigation of life insurance 
 companies about five years ago. It was felt that the 
 holding of large surpluses, without the necessity of an 
 accounting between the time that the policies were 
 issued and the time that the deferred dividend periods 
 matured, was responsible in a large measure for the 
 evils which existed. 
 
 Until that time companies felt at liberty to use that 
 form of dividend distribution which they felt was most 
 desirable. Some have always issued annual dividend 
 contracts, while others have discouraged the issuance 
 of anything but deferred dividend contracts. As a 
 result of the investigation just referred to, statutes 
 were enacted in a number of States which have had 
 the effect of abolishing the deferred dividend method 
 of distribution. 
 
 In New York, for instance, two statutes were placed 
 upon the books which have a bearing upon this ques- 
 tion. We find that section 87 (see Appendix M) speci- 
 fies the amount of the contingency reserve which a 
 domestic life insurance corporation may hold, limiting 
 the amount to certain definite figures dependent upon 
 the size of the company. As the contingency reserve 
 indicates the maximum amount which the companies 
 may hold in excess of their liabilities, it follows, of 
 course, that the balance must be distributed (except in 
 the cases of emergency referred to in the statute) in 
 the form of dividends. 
 
 The New York Insurance Law by section 101 pre- 
 scribes the standard forms of policies which may be 
 
126 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 used by domestic life insurance companies in the State, 
 and you will find that one of the conditions in these 
 standard forms is that the policy shall participate each 
 year in the surplus of the company. The effect of 
 these requirements, you will see, is to provide for a 
 system of supervision over the funds which the com- 
 pany may accumulate in excess of the reserve require- 
 ments and the necessity for other definite forms of 
 liability. Formerly large sums of money, amounting 
 in some cases to millions of dollars, had been accumu- 
 lated for the purpose of distribution some time in the 
 future, and no form of supervision over them had been 
 exercised ; the officers had a free hand in the matter of 
 the investment of these funds and their subsequent 
 distribution. 
 
 The adoption of the standard forms of policy in the 
 State of New York, was followed by a similar action 
 in a number of the other States. In Ohio, for instance, 
 the General Assembly passed an act requiring the use 
 of standard forms, or if any company did not care to 
 use them, it could issue any other form provided it 
 contained certain standard provisions and did not con- 
 tain certain other prohibited conditions. Among the 
 standard conditions which every life insurance com- 
 pany issuing participating policies in Ohio must have 
 in its contract, is the one which provides that the 
 policy shall participate annually in the surplus, begin- 
 ning at a time not later than the end of the third policy 
 year (see Appendix N). The two exceptions to this 
 form of distribution are, first, the policies which by 
 their terms provides for a distribution made at the 
 end of the fifth policy year and quinquennially there- 
 after, and second, renewable term policies of ten years 
 or less. 
 
Examination op Insurance Companies 127 
 
 These two exceptions were made, I believe, because 
 it was felt that in the cases of five year dividend poli- 
 cies the amount which could be accumulated without 
 an accounting being made to the policyholder, was lim- 
 ited in amount ; in the same way the premiums on term 
 insurance policies do not usually contain a suflficiently 
 large surplus factor to render the dividend question 
 important. 
 
 Until 1907 all of the surplus profits belonging to 
 policyholders were carried in the general surplus of 
 the company and included in the item of unassigned 
 funds. After 1907 the separation was insisted upon 
 and we now find in the annual statement blanks which 
 are used by life insurance companies four items refer- 
 ring specifically to the matter of dividends. 
 
 The first one 
 
 '' Dividends or other profits due policyholders, 
 including those contingent on payment of out- 
 standing and deferred premiums " 
 
 refers to those dividends which have already been de- 
 clared, but which have not been paid to the policy- 
 holder at the time that the statement was made. 
 The second 
 
 " Dividends declared on or apportioned to 
 annual dividend policies payable to policyholders 
 during 1910, whether contingent upon the pay- 
 ment of renewal premiums or otherwise " 
 
 is self-explanatory, but you will note that it applies 
 to annual dividend policies only. The year 1910, which 
 has been inserted here will change each year, and I 
 have used the figure which appears in the annual state- 
 
128 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 ment blank showing the condition of the company as 
 of December 31, 1909, in order that the time of the 
 application of the liability may be clear to you; these 
 remarks apply with equal force to the date used in 
 the next item. 
 The third item 
 
 '' Dividends declared on or apportioned to 
 deferred dividend policies payable to policy- 
 holders during 1910 '* 
 
 is the item which corresponds to the one just referred 
 to, but it is applicable to the deferred dividend con- 
 tracts only. 
 
 The fourth item 
 
 ** Amounts set apart, apportioned, provisionally 
 ascertained, calculated, declared or held awaiting 
 apportionment upon deferred dividend policies, 
 not included in item 33 " 
 
 is probably the most important one and marks the 
 radical change in the manner of treating dividends, 
 to which I have referred previously, as a result of the 
 investigations which have been made. Item 33 refers 
 to the preceding item (designated by me as the third 
 item), and the numbering is the one employed in the 
 1909 convention edition. A proper consideration of 
 this item will require a brief description of the devel- 
 opment of deferred dividend business in this country. 
 The first issues of deferred dividend or tontine (this 
 word is derived from the name of an Italian banker, 
 Lorenzo Tonti, who in the seventeenth century sug- 
 gested to the King of France that a number of indi- 
 viduals should each contribute to a fund, the annual 
 
Examination op Insubance Companies 129 
 
 income of wliich was to be divided among the sur- 
 vivors of the original contributors and when no sur- 
 vivors remained, the fund was to revert to the State) 
 policies provided for the payment of the face of the 
 policies to the estates of those policyholders who died 
 before the completion of the tontine period; the entire 
 profits were divided among those policyholders who 
 were alive at the completion of their dividend periods, 
 and who had persisted in the payment of their pre- 
 miums until that time. Those policyholders who 
 through choice or necessity did not continue their pre- 
 mium payments, forfeited not only their share in the 
 profits, but also the reserve which had been accumu- 
 lated on their contracts. 
 
 The iniquity of this method was apparent and the 
 policy contracts were then changed to provide that if 
 a policyholder lapsed after making a certain number 
 of premium payments, his equity in the reserve which 
 had been accumulated on his policy, should be recog- 
 nized; he was, therefore, given the right to receive a 
 certain amount of paid-up insurance depending upon 
 his age, amount of reserve which had been accumu- 
 lated and the surrender charge which was exacted by 
 the company. Subsequently nearly all of the States 
 passed statutes requiring companies to grant these 
 values in the case of lapsed policies, section 88 of the 
 New York Insurance Law being typical of this class 
 of enactments. 
 
 The fourth item before referred to, you will see 
 requires the company to set aside the amounts which 
 it is holding for its deferred dividend policyholders; 
 in this way these become specific liabilities of the com- 
 
 9 
 
130 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 pany and cannot be included in its general surplus 
 or the unassigned funds. 
 
 Although the computation of the dividends is a mat- 
 ter which you will probably refer to your actuarial 
 adviser, it is but proper that you should have a gen- 
 eral idea of the manner in which the dividends on life 
 insurance policies are obtained. 
 
 The sources from which policyholders derive their 
 dividends are 
 
 1. Savings from mortality. 
 
 2. Excess interest earnings. 
 
 3. Savings from loading. 
 
 I have already explained to you that one of the 
 factors upon which the calculation of premiums is 
 based, is a mortality table. This mortality table as- 
 sumes that during the year a certain number of in- 
 sured lives will die. If in the particular company the 
 agents have been careful to select policyholders in- 
 volving no moral hazard and the examining physicians 
 have been careful to approve the applications of those 
 applicants only who have no marked iDhysical defects, 
 the company will experience a mortality less than that 
 assumed by the table upon which its premiums were 
 calculated. It must be apparent to you that a profit 
 will arise from such a condition of affairs; in a well- 
 managed, active company, the actual mortality ought 
 to be between 60 per cent, and 80 per cent, of the ex- 
 pected mortality, in some years rising and in others 
 falling, through no traceable cause. 
 
 The second source of dividends arises from the ex- 
 cess interest earnings, and you will recall that the in- 
 terest factor is one which is taken into account in the 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 131 
 
 calculation of the premiums. A company bases its 
 premiums upon a certain mortality table and upon a 
 definite rate of interest, 3 per cent, or 31/2 per cent, or 
 4 per cent. K the premium receipts and the reserve 
 funds of the company are in«^;^ested in such a manner 
 as to earn a net rate of interest in excess of the one 
 assumed in the premium calculation, the excess over 
 that rate is a source of profit. I have referred to the 
 net rate in order to call your attention to the fact that 
 we must take into account the investment expenses 
 and the investment losses in determining the rate of 
 interest earned. 
 
 The third source is the saving in loading. You will 
 recall that the insured pays a gross or office premium, 
 which is divided into two parts, the mathematical net 
 premium and the loading; the object of the first part 
 is to pay the current death losses and to provide for 
 the accumulation of the reserve necessary to pay each 
 policy at its maturity; the loading is the difference 
 between the mathematical net premium and the gross 
 premium and is added to the net premium for the pur- 
 pose of taking care of all of the expenses and contin- 
 gencies not provided for by the net premium portion. 
 If, therefore, a company should be able to so admin- 
 ister its affairs as to effect a saving in the expense 
 loading, it will be apparent to you that such saving 
 will constitute a source of profit. 
 
 From these three factors are derived the dividends 
 payable to policyholders, but the factors themselves 
 and the manner of applying them, are matters of opin- 
 ion which vary according to the wishes of the actuary 
 in charge of the company. 
 
 There is another factor which I have not deemed it 
 
132 ExAMiNATioisr OF Insurance Companies 
 
 necessary to discuss as one of the sources of dividends. 
 I refer to the profit which naay accrue to a company 
 through the failure of its policyholders to continue 
 their premium payments. In former years, the profit 
 from lapses was considerable, but the stress of com- 
 petition and the passage of laws in the various States 
 affecting this question, have reduced these profits to 
 almost a negligible quantity. The initial cost of plac- 
 ing business on the books is so heavy that the loading 
 factor is not sufficient to provide for it. If, therefore, 
 a lapsing policyholder leaves any of his reserve in the 
 hands of the insurance company, it is but proper to 
 use it as an off-set to the procurement expenses. It is 
 the practice of some actuaries in computing the sav- 
 ings in mortality to take into account this lapse factor. 
 
CHAPTER XVI 
 
 Departmental Examinations not Audits — The Trial 
 Balance — Premium Income — The Two Bases — 
 *' Policyholders' Basis " — Various Sources of Inter- 
 est — Other Items of Income — Premium on Capital 
 Stock. 
 
 It is my intention to refer briefly to the various 
 items in the income and the disbursement portions of 
 the annual statement blanks in order that you may get 
 a proper idea of the relation which these items bear 
 to the other portions of the blank. 
 
 As I have previously stated, an examination by an 
 Insurance Department is not an audit in the sense that 
 the term is usually understood; at the same time the 
 examiner is vitally interested in feeling sure that the 
 books shown to him can be relied upon as containing a 
 true exhibit of the various transactions. 
 
 In this, as in the other talks which I have made, you 
 will notice references to the misleading methods which 
 have sometimes been followed by the companies under 
 examination; it must not be assumed from this that 
 the examiner should be prepared to find improper con- 
 ditions in every office visited by him, but did he not 
 take all possible precautions to satisfy himself that the 
 books were properly kept, he would be valueless for 
 the work which he is undertaking. He is somewhat in 
 the position of a physician making an examination of 
 an applicant for life insurance: the doctor does not 
 
 [133] 
 
134 Examination of Insueance Companies 
 
 expect to find an impaired risk, but his duty to his 
 employer requires that he shall be alert and that his 
 eye shall be constantly on the lookout for imperfec- 
 tions; in fact, no one but the wrongdoer objects to a 
 hypercritical attitude upon the part of the examiner. 
 
 Before taking up the matter of the items of income, 
 however, I desire to refer briefly to some of the gen- 
 eral rules for examining the books of record. It is 
 almost unnecessary for me to call your attention to the 
 fact that we should be satisfied that the footings in all 
 books submitted to us have been correctly made. In 
 some cases it will be necessary to verify everything, 
 while in other cases adequate tests can be made which 
 will serve to answer all purposes; if the books of the 
 corporation are audited periodically by competent ac- 
 countants and auditors, the work of the examiner is 
 much simplified, for if the methods of investigation 
 which have been pursued by these outside auditors 
 commend themselves, he may feel safe in accej^ting 
 their certificate. 
 
 As a general proposition it may be stated that every 
 debit balance indicates either an item of disbursements 
 or an item of assets, while every credit balance indi- 
 cates an item of income or an item of liabilities. This 
 rule, however, may be modified by the peculiar 
 methods followed in some particular companies. Some 
 books, for instance, are kept in such a way as to re- 
 quire the use of each side of the account instead of the 
 balance ; in other words, we may find that accounts are 
 not closed out at the end of each financial period, and 
 in those cases we must use the increase or decrease in 
 the account for the corresponding items in the annual 
 statement. If the general system of accounting, how- 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 135 
 
 ever, is understood by the examiner and kept con- 
 stantly in his mind, he will have no difficulty in apply- 
 ing these general principles to each particular system. 
 
 The most important item of income for insurance 
 companies is naturally the premium income, and the 
 treatment accorded this item varies with the different 
 kinds of insurance transacted. I think I have already 
 mentioned to you that in the case of life insurance 
 companies the assets are computed upon the basis of 
 the cash which has been received, and in consequence 
 the premium income portion of the statement is upon 
 the same basis; in the case of other forms of insur- 
 ance, the assets are computed on the basis of the 
 premiums which have been written, even though they 
 have not been received in cash, and we therefore pre- 
 pare the income portion accordingly. 
 
 To bring the distinction clearly before you let me 
 assume the case of two insurance companies, one 
 transacting a life business and the other a fire busi- 
 ness, both starting in December of any year and before 
 the close of that year each has issued one policy upon 
 which the premium of $100 has not been collected. For 
 the sake of illustration we will assume that no moneys 
 have been paid out for expenses and that no other 
 transactions of any kind have taken place. 
 
 In the case of a life insurance company the premium 
 income would be zero, the disbursements would be 
 zero and the ledger assets would be zero ; in the non- 
 ledger assets, however, we would find the uncollected 
 premium scheduled as a credit, the deduction made for 
 loading, and in the liabilities we would find the reserve. 
 
 In the case of a fire insurance company, however, 
 the premium income would show $100, the disburse- 
 
136 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 ments zero, and among tlie ledger assets we would find 
 a credit of $100 for " agents' balances not more than 
 three months past due," thus making the statement 
 balance; among the liabilities we would find the un- 
 earned premium and the commission or brokerage due 
 the agent charged in their appropriate places. In 
 some fire offices it is the practice to give the agent 
 credit for the commission as soon as he is charged 
 with the premium, and in that case the premium in- 
 come would be $100, the commissions would appear in 
 the disbursement portion as $30 (if that be the rate 
 allowed), and among the ledger assets we would find 
 the agents' balances stated at the net figure, $70, the 
 balance being thus maintained; in this case, however, 
 you will note that the only item of liabilities to be 
 charged is the unearned premium. 
 
 It is important that we should bear in mind the 
 manner in which unscrupulous officers or employees 
 can profit by incorrect entries in the books; the most 
 usual method is the overstatement of disbursements, 
 the peculator profiting by the use of sums of money 
 which are charged to other and more innocent ac- 
 counts ; it must be apparent to you, however, that the 
 same results can be accomplished by understating the 
 receipts. That this is not merely an academic question 
 can be realized when I explain to you that the use of 
 large sums of money for legislative purposes by one 
 of the large insurance corporations was accomplished 
 by failing to report as an item of income, the policy 
 fees which had been received, thus saving itself the 
 necessity of setting forth the outlay in the disburse- 
 ment portion of this statement. It is important, there- 
 fore, that we should take the necessary steps to ascer- 
 
Examination op Insurance Companies 137 
 
 tain that all of the items of income have been correctly 
 set forth in the books and the statements. 
 
 In the case of all insurance companies, the premium 
 income is stated on the policyholders' basis. By the 
 use of the term ' ' policyholders ' basis ' ' I wish to con- 
 vey the idea that the reports show the premiums writ- 
 ten or received (as the case may be) after deducting 
 the reinsurance, the return premiums and the pre- 
 miums on not taken policies; I use this term to distin- 
 guish these disbursements from the other deductions 
 which are made and which are purely of an agency or 
 managerial nature. In the case of life insurance com- 
 panies, the deduction which is made is for reinsurance 
 only, i. e., for the premiums which the company under 
 examination has had to pay to some other company 
 for having the latter assume part of the risk; in the 
 case of life insurance companies, we do not have return 
 premiums as a usual thing, or any of the other deduc- 
 tions which you will find are made in the case of com- 
 panies transacting the other forms. The reason for 
 this is apparent when we consider that a life insurance 
 contract may not be canceled by the company which 
 has issued it except for fraud ; if the person who has 
 been insured has made proper representations to the 
 company at the time that the policy was issued and 
 he continues to pay his premiums, there is no way in 
 which the company can void the contract or escape 
 carrying the risk. On the other hand, if a company 
 transacting other forms of business should desire for 
 any reason to get off a risk, it can do so by serving 
 the proper notice upon the legal holder of the policy 
 and returning the portion of the premium which has 
 not been earned. 
 
138 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 As a result of the foregoing condition it is necessary 
 for the statement blanks relating to companies other 
 than life insurance companies, to contain items which 
 show definitely how much has been returned to the in- 
 sured in the manner which I have just described, and 
 as their statements are on a " written " basis instead 
 of a '* received " basis, it is necessary for the pre- 
 mium exhibit to contain an item of the premiums on 
 '' not taken " policies, i. e., the premiums on the pol- 
 icies which have been issued but which for some reason 
 or other have not been paid for by the insured and 
 have been returned by the agent for cancellation. You 
 will, of course, see the propriety, in fact the necessity, 
 of this treatment if we are to account for all the pre- 
 miums written. 
 
 In a previous talk I referred to the two bases upon 
 which life insurance companies in this country were 
 required to report their condition, one the written and 
 the other the paid for. These terms apply to the un- 
 collected premiums and the reserve calculations of life 
 insurance companies, and must not be confused with 
 the " written basis " and '' received basis " which 
 refer to the methods of treating premiums. 
 
 The other item of importance in the income state- 
 ments of insurance companies is the matter of interest, 
 and this is subdivided into the various sources — real 
 estate, mortgages, bonds and stocks, collateral loans, 
 etc. There is no necessity for any extended comment 
 by me upon the method of verifying this item, for it is 
 merely a question of ascertaining the correctness of 
 the entries which have been made. The annual state- 
 ment blanks are now prepared in such a way as to 
 include schedules showing the various forms of in- 
 
Examination of Insukance Companies 139 
 
 vested assets, and these schedules contain calculations 
 which exhibit very clearly the amount of interest which 
 has been collected during the year; the sum of these 
 items in the schedules will agree with the interest 
 items in the income portion of the statement. 
 
 There are other items of income which are unusual, 
 but which may be found from time to time in a com- 
 pany's statement. For instance, if a company has 
 some time in the past marked off an item to its profit 
 and loss account, having considered it valueless, and 
 a subsequent recovery in part or in whole has been 
 made, the amount so recovered must appear among 
 the income items in order to make the statement 
 balance. 
 
 If any invested assets have been sold or have ma- 
 tured during the period covered by the statement, and 
 as a result have shown a profit, we would naturally 
 expect to find such items of profit in the income por- 
 tion of the statement. You will recall that when I 
 dealt with the proper method of amortizing bonds, I 
 called your attention to the fact that if a security 
 were purchased below par, it would be necessary to in 
 crease the original book value each year in order that 
 the book value at the time of maturity should be par; 
 these various items of accumulation are proper sources 
 of income and should be so scheduled. In the same 
 way, if any security not subject to the process of amor- 
 tization (real estate or stocks, for instance) should 
 have its book value increased, the amount of such in- 
 crease should be included among the income items. 
 
 I desire to refer to another item which may be met 
 frequently in the case of newly established companies, 
 and that is the premium which has been paid by the 
 
 rr "HE \ 
 
 I'NIVr.RSITY !j 
 
 OF Jr' 
 
140 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 stockholders upon any capital stock which has been 
 sold during the period covered by the statement. If, 
 for instance, the capital stock of the company has been 
 increased by $100,000, and the newstock has been sold 
 at the rate of $150 per share (par value $100), the 
 difference between the par value and the price paid 
 by the purchaser — $50 — must be carried as an item 
 of income. The par value becomes part of the capital 
 stock and is charged as a liability, but there is no 
 liability attaching to the surplus portion which has 
 been contributed by the stockholders ; it is, therefore, 
 an item of income which may be used for managerial 
 expenses in contrast with the capital stock portion, 
 which at all times remains a liability and must not be 
 impaired by disbursements. 
 
CHAPTER XVII 
 
 Evidence of Disbursements — Voucher-cheques — 
 Losses — Payments in Installments — Net Losses, 
 Surrender Values and Dividends — Other Disburse- 
 ments — Profit and Loss. 
 
 For every item which appears among the disburse- 
 ments of an insurance company (with the exception 
 of the profit and loss entries) we should find some evi- 
 dence of payment. This evidence may take the form 
 of a receipt or a cheque, and the tendency among com- 
 panies to-day is toward the use of a combination 
 voucher-cheque, which when properly indorsed by the 
 payee becomes a cheque which can be deposited in a 
 bank. 
 
 We should not be content, however, with finding 
 merely a receipt for a disbursement; we should sat- 
 isfy ourselves that the total amount claimed has been 
 disbursed for the purposes stated. I can best illus- 
 trate this by calling your attention to the case of an 
 insurance company which entrusted the settlement of 
 a number of its claims to an adjuster, giving him a 
 certain amount of cash for the purpose; it subse- 
 quently developed that it was the practice of this ad- 
 juster to take a receipt from the claimant with the 
 space for the amount paid left blank, and at some later 
 
 [141] 
 
142 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 time figures were inserted which enabled the adjuster 
 to make a handsome profit from the transactions. 
 
 The first disbursements shown in the blank relate to 
 the payment of losses. In the case of life insurance 
 companies, the losses are divided into three groups — 
 death losses, matured endowments and additions. The 
 third division arises from the payment of the addi- 
 tional insurance which is the result of the insured 
 choosing to use the dividends which have been declared 
 on his policy for the purchase of paid-up insurance 
 instead of receiving them immediately in cash. In 
 examining a life insurance company, you will satisfy 
 yourself that not only has the proper amount been 
 paid on each policy, but also that the proceeds have 
 been paid to the proper person; companies require 
 that at the time of paying a claim the policy shall be 
 deposited with the company, and if for any reason the 
 policy be absent, a satisfactory explanation should be 
 offered. 
 
 In the case of annuities, we should find that the 
 company has in its possession satisfactory evidence 
 that the annuitant was alive at the time that the pay- 
 ment became due. 
 
 Should the policy which provides for the payment 
 of its proceeds in a certain number of installments, 
 mature as a death claim or as an endowment, the com- 
 muted value of the installments at the date of maturity, 
 should be considered as a disbursement, and the dif- 
 ference between such commuted value and the first 
 actual pa>Tnent made to the beneficiary, should be car- 
 ried into the income portion of the statement; when 
 the subsequent installments are paid they should not 
 
Examination of Insueance Companies 143 
 
 be included among the losses, and we find a separate 
 item in the disbursements '' paid for claims on supple- 
 mentary contracts not involving life contingencies " 
 for the accommodation of such payments. 
 
 In the case of all insurance companies, the payments 
 for losses are stated on a net basis, i. e., the amounts 
 which have been received from reinsuring companies 
 or which have been recovered in the shape of salvage, 
 are deducted. A burglary insurance company, for in- 
 stance, may pay a loss and subsequently recover some 
 of the stolen articles; the amounts which it realizes 
 from such recoveries are to be deducted from any 
 statement of losses paid. If a fire insurance company 
 has paid a loss on a stock of merchandise partially 
 destroyed, any amount which it receives from the sale 
 of the damaged stock, should be deducted in order that 
 the net amount which has been paid to claimants may 
 be properly shown. 
 
 Life insurance companies are required to make 
 returns to their policyholders in two other ways 
 besides the payment of losses — surrender values and 
 dividends. In the case of policies surrendered for 
 cash, we should find the policy on file together with a 
 receipt showing the amount paid, and a release from 
 the insured and the beneficiary; an examiner should 
 satisfy himself that surrender values have been 
 allowed in accordance with the terms of the policy 
 contracts, and that no discrimination has been per- 
 mitted. Dividends are usually authorized by the 
 Board of Directors of the company, and if the insured 
 has received his dividends in cash, there should be on 
 file some evidence of the pajonent. Dividends may be 
 
144 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 paid in cash, applied to the payment of renewal 
 premiums, applied to shortening the endowment or the 
 premium paying period, used for the purchase of 
 paid-up additions or annuities, or may be left with the 
 company to accumulate at interest; if the last named 
 method has been selected by the insured, it devolves 
 upon the examiner to see that a proper liability is 
 being maintained by the company for such deposits. 
 
 I have now mentioned practically all of the pay- 
 ments which are made by insurance companies to their 
 policyholders, and will now briefly refer to those dis- 
 bursements which an examiner might expect to find, 
 and which are not self-explanatory. 
 
 Paid for claims on supplementary contracts not involv- 
 ing life contingencies 
 
 This is the item to which I have previously referred, 
 and my object in bringing it to your attention again is 
 to point out that the payments which newly established 
 life insurance companies make to the holders of their 
 Advisory Board or Special contracts should be in- 
 cluded here. 
 
 Commissions to agents 
 
 Companies which transact other than a life insur- 
 ance business are required to state the commissions 
 or brokerage which have been paid to their agents 
 (after deducting the commissions which have been 
 repaid to them on return premiums and reinsured 
 policies) but are not required to separate the commis- 
 sions on first year premiums from the commissions on 
 
Examination" of Insurance Companies 145 
 
 the renewal premiums, for the same rate is allowed 
 on both classes of premiums. In the case of life insur- 
 ance companies, however, you will find that the sepa- 
 ration is called for, owing to the fact that the initial 
 cost of procuring the business is many times as great 
 as the renewal commissions which are paid to the 
 agents; for statistical purposes, therefore, it is im- 
 portant that we should be able to separate the dis- 
 bursements applicable to new business from those 
 items of disbursement which have been incurred for 
 the renewal of the business. Your attention is directed 
 to section 97 of the New York Insurance Law (see 
 Appendix 0) which limits the amounts which may be 
 paid for the expenses of the first year, and it therefore 
 becomes important for us to be able to separate the 
 commissions in the case of a company to which this 
 section is applicable. 
 
 Commuted renewal commissions 
 
 It is the practice of some companies to purchase 
 from a retiring agent at an agreed figure, the value of 
 future renewals which will have to be paid to him 
 under his contract; if these payments were included 
 with the other renewal commissions, and a comparison 
 made with the renewal premiums collected, it would 
 appear that an unduly large percentage had been dis- 
 bursed and we therefore have this separate item. An 
 examiner should carefully scrutinize the payments 
 charged to this account in order that the general 
 agency methods of the company may be clearly under- 
 stood. 
 
 10 
 
146 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 Compensation of managers and agents not paid by 
 commission for services in obtaining new insur- 
 ance 
 
 Agency supervision and traveling expenses of super- 
 visors (except compensation for home office super- 
 vision) 
 
 Branch office expenses, including salaries of managers 
 and clerks not included in Item 21 
 Item 21 is the second of the above items, and the 
 
 object of requiring the separation of disbursements in 
 
 this way is for statistical and statutory purposes. 
 
 Rent, including $ for company's occupancy of 
 
 its own buildings 
 In order to obtain an idea of the true earning power 
 of a piece of real estate owned by a company, it is 
 necessary to know the " rental earnings;" by this 
 term I mean the sum of the actual rental receipts and 
 an allowance for any occupancies, for which, however, 
 no actual rental is paid. If, for instance, a company's 
 Home Office should occupy a certain number of square 
 feet, it is but just in estimating the rental earning of 
 the property to assme that the company is paying the 
 same rental as another tenant occupying the same 
 space would pay. It will be equally clear to you, how- 
 ever, that the application of this theory may lead to 
 abuses, for it would be a simple matter to inflate the 
 apparent earning power of a piece of property by 
 assuming the receipt of rents disproportionate to the 
 space occupied. If, therefore, it be the practice of a 
 company to charge itself with a certain amount for its 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 147 
 
 own rent in a building which it owns, the amount so 
 charged should be indicated in this item. 
 
 Furniture, fixtures and safes 
 
 As the moneys expended for these purposes are not 
 recognized as an admissible asset, it is the usual prac- 
 tice of companies to consider that all sums expended 
 for these purposes are disbursements and not assets; 
 it merely becomes necessary for me, therefore, to call 
 your attention to the fact that the account of furniture 
 and fixtures should not appear both as an asset and as 
 a disbursement. 
 
 Gross decrease by adjustment, in book value of ledger 
 assets 
 
 This item you will recognize as similar to the one 
 which appeared in the income portion of the state- 
 ment, but which referred to the increase by adjust- 
 ment. We should find here all items which as a result 
 of the application of the process of amortization have 
 decreased the book value of the bonds. 
 
 We should also find here the amounts which have 
 been written off from the book value of other securities 
 not subject to amortization, such as real estate, stocks, 
 etc. 
 
 Other disbursements 
 
 During the course of the year the company may have 
 some items of disbursements which cannot be con- 
 veniently referred to any of the items appearing in 
 the annual statement blank, and it is for the accommo- 
 dation of them that this flexible item has been created. 
 
148 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 All items of profit and loss, other than those covered 
 by the regular items, will appear here, and it is but 
 proper that I should bring to your attention the neces- 
 sity for the careful examination of all profit and loss 
 entries. I know of no more fertile field for the growth 
 of improper practices than the profit and loss account 
 in a company's system of accounts. 
 
CHAPTER XVIII 
 
 Schedules — Development of Schedules in Annual 
 Statement Blanks — Analysis and Explanation of 
 Schedules A to Y, Inclusive of Life Blank 
 
 I have determined this morning to speak to you 
 about the schedules which appear in the annual state- 
 ment blanks and which contain valuable information 
 for the examiner. Their importance justifies me in 
 devoting some time to their consideration. 
 
 Schedules, like many other matters connected with 
 insurance supervision, have been largely a matter of 
 development. Until five or six years ago, the sched- 
 ules in the annual statements which Insurance Depart- 
 ments required companies to file with them were 
 rather primitive and were intended merely to list 
 certain assets of the company. They were four in 
 number; a schedule showing the real estate owned by 
 the company at the close of business December 31st of 
 the year for which the statement was rendered, one 
 showing the bonds and stocks owned at that time, one 
 containing information about the collateral loans out- 
 standing on December 31st and, finally, one containing 
 information about the mortgage loans. This was the 
 extent of the schedule requirements. 
 
 By reference to the annual statement blank in use 
 at the present time, you will see that a great many 
 more schedules are required from the companies and 
 the additional requirements may be divided into two 
 
 [149] 
 
150 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 parts: first, those schedules which will enable the 
 supervising official to verify some of the more impor- 
 tant items of liabilities and, second, the schedules per- 
 taining solely to methods of management, details of 
 administration and facts not connected in any way 
 with the financial solvency or insolvency of the com- 
 pany. 
 
 Considering for the present the statement which life 
 insurance companies are required to file with the New 
 York Department, you will find that Schedule A is 
 now divided into three parts, the first listing all the 
 real estate owned at the time of making the statement 
 and giving a great number of details, such as the 
 original cost, the book value, the earnings, the expenses 
 and other matters pertaining to each item; the second 
 part of the schedule deals with the real estate parcels 
 which have been acquired during the year to which 
 the statement applies, the object of this additional 
 information being to develop the method by which 
 the real estate was acquired (by purchase or fore- 
 closure) and from whom it was acquired, in order to 
 indicate whether any improper factors have entered 
 into its purchase or whether the foreclosures indicated 
 that lax methods prevailed when the mortgage loans 
 were made; the third part of the schedule relates to 
 the real estate which has been sold during the year 
 and is intended to develop not only any loss or profit 
 which the company may have realized from each sale, 
 but also the name of the purchaser, in order, as I 
 pointed out when dealing with the second part of this 
 schedule, to determine whether any improper motives 
 have entered into the sales. In addition to these three 
 parts there is also a classification, intended solely for 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 151 
 
 statistical purposes, which shows the way in which 
 the real estate is geographically divided, apportioning 
 the various holdings between the different States and 
 countries. 
 
 Schedule B, while retaining practically the same 
 form that it has had for a number of years, now 
 shows not only the mortgages which are owned by the 
 company at the time that the statement was made, 
 but also includes a statement of the acquisitions, in- 
 creases, reductions and those mortgages which have 
 been disposed of. A classification similar to the one 
 indicated in Schedule A is also found here. 
 
 Schedule C is the one relating to collateral loans and 
 is one of the most important schedules in the blank. 
 It, like Schedule A, is divided into three parts, the first 
 showing all collateral loans outstanding at the time 
 the statement was made, the second showing the loans 
 which were made during the year, and the third list- 
 ing the loans which were discharged in whole or in 
 part during the year. In former years, the only sched- 
 ule relating to collateral loans which was required of 
 companies was one similar to the first part of the 
 present schedule, but even this part in the present 
 schedule is very much amplified and requires the filing 
 of such additional information as a detailed statement 
 of the collateral which has been released and the sub- 
 stitutions which have been made, if any. The name 
 of the actual borrower is likewise insisted upon, and 
 the use of these three subdivisions during successive 
 years will enable a supervising ofiicial to determine 
 whether any '* window dressing " has been indulged 
 in; in other words, whether on December 31st of one 
 vear loans were ostensibly paid off and remade on 
 
152 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 January 1st of the next year. This you will recall 
 was one of the evils which was developed by the recent 
 investigation. 
 
 Schedule D, relating to bonds and stocks, is divided 
 into four parts, the first showing all bonds owned by 
 the company on December 31st, the second showing 
 the stocks owned, the third showing the bonds and 
 stocks acquired during the year, and the fourth show- 
 ing the bonds and stocks sold, redeemed or otherwise 
 disposed of during the year. In the past the first and 
 second parts alone were required, but the present form 
 of these parts indicates great enlargement, and we 
 now have columns which develop whether there has 
 been any increase or decrease by adjustment in the 
 book values during the year. In addition to this infor- 
 mation, companies reporting to the New York Depart- 
 ment are required to furnish additional information 
 which will enable the Department to judge of the 
 methods of amortization used by the company. The 
 object of requiring the names of the purchasers and 
 the names of the vendors in the third and fourth parts 
 of this schedule is to furnish the Department with full 
 information relative to these details. 
 
 Schedule E is one which shows the bank balances 
 which were outstanding on December 31st of the state- 
 ment year, and in addition thereto contains columns 
 for each month in order that the company may show 
 the largest balance which existed during those months 
 in each of the banking institutions. There is likewise 
 a column showing the amount of interest received dur- 
 ing the year on these balances, and it is hardly neces- 
 sary for me to devote much time to an explanation of 
 the object of this schedule. I may say briefly that 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 153 
 
 it is intended to develop whether the company is per- 
 mitting an abnormal amount of its assets to take th'e 
 form of cash in bank, whether any of the banking 
 institutions are being favored at the expense of the 
 policyholders owing to the connection with such insti- 
 tution of any of the company's officers or directors, 
 and whether any of the banks are being used as an 
 adjunct to any of its other financial operations. This 
 schedule is the first of what I. may term the new series, 
 the first four constituting the original schedules which 
 were formerly required by Insurance Departments. 
 
 Schedule F shows the claims for death losses and 
 for other policy claims resisted or compromised during 
 the year, and also shows all policy claims which were 
 resisted and unpaid at the end of the year covered by 
 the statement. 
 
 Schedule G shows all salaries, compensation and 
 emoluments received during the year by the officers 
 and directors, and also the amounts received by any 
 other person, firm or corporation when such payments 
 were in excess of $5,000; this schedule is intended to 
 enable the Department to ascertain whether there 
 have been any improper disbursements and also 
 enables it to ascertain by whom the disbursements 
 have been authorized. 
 
 Section 103 of the New York Insurance Law (see 
 Appendix P) sets forth the information which must 
 be furnished to the Insurance Department and some 
 of the foregoing information as well as the facts which 
 some of the subsequent schedules are intended to de- 
 velop have been inserted in compliance with that sec- 
 tion. Schedule H, for instance, which is intended to 
 show the payments for agency supervision, is of this 
 
154 Examination of Insubance Companies 
 
 nature and is for the purpose of ascertaining whether 
 the company is complying with those statutes limiting 
 the amount which may be expended for procurement 
 purposes. 
 
 Schedule I, showing all commissions paid on loans 
 or on the purchase or sale of any property during the 
 year, is self-explanatory, and the purposes of this in- 
 formation will require no further explanation upon 
 my part. 
 
 Schedule J pertains to the legal expenses; it must 
 be apparent to you that a Department is interested in 
 knowing whether the companies under its supervision 
 are litigious or are settling their just claims without 
 requiring their claimants to resort to law. In the 
 past some improper disbursements have been hidden 
 under the guise of " legal expenses " and the object 
 of this schedule is to prevent the repetition of such 
 conditions. 
 
 Schedule K, showing the expenditures in connection 
 with matters before legislative bodies, officers or any 
 branch of the government, is intended to develop 
 whether the company has paid anything for the pur- 
 pose of securing or defeating legislation, to whom such 
 payments have been made, if any, and also whether 
 any contributions have been made to campaign funds. 
 
 Schedule L shows the proceedings of the last annual 
 election of the corporation, the names of the candi- 
 dates for directors or trustees or any corresponding 
 office, the number of votes cast for each candidate and 
 whether the votes were presented in person, by proxy 
 or by mail. The object of this schedule is for the pur- 
 pose of ascertaining how thoroughly the members of 
 the corporation or the policyholders enter into the 
 
Examination op Insurance Companies 155 
 
 active management of affairs and how vitally inter- 
 ested they were in the election of directors. The abuse 
 of proxy voting will likewise be indicated by this 
 schedule. 
 
 Schedule M is intended to develop facts relating to 
 the payment of annual dividends and to enable the 
 Insurance Department to observe how these have been 
 running for a number of years in comparison with the 
 premiums which have been charged. For this pur- 
 pose the schedule is divided first into four parts, giv- 
 ing the facts relating to the typical ages, 25, 35, 45 
 and 55. Each one of these four parts is so subdivided 
 as to indicate the premiums and dividends which have 
 been paid during the nineteen years which immedi- 
 ately precede the statement year upon the various 
 kinds of policies which have been issued. The sched- 
 ule, therefore, contains a record of the annual divi- 
 dends which have been paid in each of the past nine- 
 teen years on the various forms of policies issued at 
 these typical ages, and in this way it is very easy to 
 make comparisons between the various plans, between 
 the various forms and to ascertain whether any glar- 
 ing injustice has been done. 
 
 Schedule N relates to the payments which have been 
 made during the year on deferred dividend policies 
 and the premiums charged (Schedule M dealing with 
 annual dividend policies only) and uses the same 
 typical ages and the same forms of insurance as does 
 Schedule M, but instead of referring the policies to 
 the year of issue, uses dividend periods for the pur- 
 pose of ascertaining the relative returns. The infor- 
 mation for policies using a five-year distribution 
 period, is required for each of the past five periods: 
 
156 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 a five-year distribution policy, therefore, issued at age 
 25 and which has been in force for twenty-five years, 
 will show the amounts received upon it at the end of 
 each of the five periods; the 10, 15, 20, 25 and 30-year 
 distribution periods are not so subdivided, the blank 
 contenting itself with one distribution only. 
 
 Schedule shows the amounts which have been set 
 apart, provisionally ascertained, calculated or held 
 awaiting apportionment on policies with deferred divi- 
 dend periods longer than one year, together with the 
 annual premiums charged for the insurance. The 
 same arrangement of ages and forms of insurance is 
 used in this schedule as in Schedule N. Schedule N 
 refers to the deferred dividends which were paid dur- 
 ing the year; Schedule refers to the amounts which 
 have been set apart for future payments. The infor- 
 mation given by this schedule on five-year deferred 
 dividend policies, for instance, enables a Department 
 to ascertain how much was set aside on an ordinary 
 life policy issued at age 25 in each of the years 1905 
 to 1909, inclusive; similar subdivisions are made for 
 the other dividend periods. 
 
 Schedule P is in reality a summary of Schedule 0, 
 in that it shows the total amount set apart on all the 
 deferred dividend policies, while Schedule 0, you will 
 recall, refers only to the four typical ages. 
 
 Schedule X deals with the unlisted assets of a com- 
 pany which do not appear in any of its schedules 
 showing the property owned at the time of the state- 
 ment was made. It must be apparent to you that if 
 a security, take for instance, a share of stock, is con- 
 sidered valueless and is charged to profit and loss, it 
 disappears from the financial books and records of the 
 company. In subsequent years the value of that stock 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 157 
 
 may be re-established and if no record be kept it could 
 be sold and its proceeds diverted into improper chan- 
 nels. By means of Schedule X, the property owned 
 by the company but not included in its annual finan- 
 cial statement, is set forth and by comparing Sched- 
 ule X of one year's statement with the corresponding 
 schedule of the previous year, it can at once be deter- 
 mined whether any particular item has disappeared, 
 and if so whether proper credit has been given the 
 corporation for it. 
 
 Schedule Y is divided into two parts, the first relat- 
 ing to purchases which have been made during the 
 year and which have not been shown in Schedules A, 
 B, C and D and in the furniture, fixture and supply 
 accounts. The second part relates to property sold 
 during the year, except that shown in Schedules A, B, 
 C and D. Primarily the object of inserting this sched- 
 ule is to comply with section 103 of the Insurance 
 Law. I can easily appreciate, however, that the first 
 part might be used for the purpose of determining 
 whether the company has invested any of its funds in 
 securities unauthorized by the Insurance Law. 
 
CHAPTER XIX 
 
 Additional Schedule for Fraternals — Schedules in 
 Blank Used by Fidelity, Surety, Credit and Lia- 
 bility Companies — Detailed Classification of Fidel- 
 ity and Surety Risks. 
 
 In my talk the other morning T took for my subject 
 the schedules which appear in the annual statement 
 blank which life insurance companies reporting to the 
 Insurance Department of the State of New York, are 
 required to file. The blank which fraternal organiza- 
 tions are required to use, while not as elaborate as that 
 required from legal reserve life insurance companies, 
 contains one schedule which we do not find in the 
 other blank — the schedule of membership, showing 
 the number of members at the time the annual state- 
 ment was made, the amount of insurance, the amount 
 received in mortuary assessments during the year and 
 the number and amount of death losses incurred dur- 
 ing the year, all arranged according to the attained 
 age of the membership. This schedule is of particular 
 use only when the members of the fraternals have 
 yearly renewable term insurance, for if used by an 
 Order, the premiums of which are calculated upon a 
 correct, scientific basis, there will be no relation 
 between the assessments collected and the claims in- 
 curred at the attained ages. To illustrate: a member 
 who was 49 years of age when he entered a year ago, 
 has now the same attained age as the member who was 
 
 [1&8] 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 159 
 
 40 when he went in ten years ago. In consequence 
 their mortuary assessments are, or should be, entirely 
 different, and without the data necessary to calculate 
 the funds which should be on hand for the protection 
 of the second member, the figures given are valueless 
 and meaningless. 
 
 An inspection of the forms required from companies 
 transacting other forms of business, indicates that 
 with the exception of fidelity, surety, credit and lia- 
 bility companies, no special schedules requiring our 
 attention are required. Eeferring then to the blank 
 which miscellaneous stock companies are required to 
 file, we find that it contains similar schedules to the 
 ones in the life blank, referring to the five principal 
 forms of assets only — real estate, mortgages, collat- 
 eral loans, bonds and stocks; Schedule D, however, the 
 one relating to the bonds owned by the company, is 
 not quite as elaborate as in the case of life insurance 
 companies, for we find none of the columns pertaining 
 to amortization. 
 
 The first schedule which requires our attention is 
 Schedule H (the schedules in the blank are not ar- 
 ranged alphabetically and I shall take them up in the 
 order in which they appear in the printed form), con- 
 taining a statement of the salvage received during the 
 year on account of losses and claims paid prior to the 
 close of the year covered by the statement. There is 
 nothing of special importance to which I need direct 
 your attention in this schedule; its headings are self- 
 explanatory and my only object in referring to it is 
 to point out that it is an indication of the growing 
 desire upon the part of supervising officials to ascer- 
 tain the exact nature of every item entering into the 
 annual statement. 
 
160 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 Schedule G relates to fidelity, surety and credit 
 losses and claims only; its object is to ascertain how 
 much has been paid in each of the past ten years on 
 claims which remained unpaid on December 31st of 
 the various years. A specific case will make this 
 clearer. If on December 31, 1900, there were claims 
 on fifty fidelity policies unpaid, the blank calls for the 
 payments which have been made on account of those 
 fifty claims in 1901, 1902, 1903, etc., up to and includ- 
 ing 1910, and if any of these fifty claims remained 
 unpaid on December 31, 1910, the company is required 
 to state what liability it is carrying on account of such 
 claims in the 1910 annual statement. By its use, the 
 supervising official is enabled to ascertain whether the 
 amounts carried in the annual statement for the vari- 
 ous years as representing the liability on unpaid claims 
 is approximately correct, or whether the company has 
 uniformly adopted a system of under-estimating its 
 liabilities. The unpaid losses for each of the past ten 
 years are arranged on the lefthand side of this sched- 
 ule and the payments during the various years are 
 arranged on horizontal lines so that the payments of 
 each year are referred to each of the outstandings. 
 In order to prevent confusion, I desire to call your 
 attention to the fact that the years indicated on the 
 lefthand side of this schedule are not years of issue, 
 but refer to the outstanding losses on December 31st 
 of the various years. A loss, therefore, which was 
 outstanding on December 31, 1900, and not settled 
 until some time in 1903, would appear in each of the 
 1900, 1901 and 1902 totals. 
 
 Schedule is divided into two parts. Part 1 refers 
 to the following forms of insurance: 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 161 
 
 1. Accident. 
 
 2. Health. 
 
 3. Fidelity. 
 
 4. Surety. 
 
 5. Plate Glass. 
 
 6. Steam Boiler. 
 
 7. Burglary and Theft. 
 
 8. Credit. 
 
 9. Sprinkler. 
 
 10. Title. 
 
 11. Fly Wheel. 
 
 12. Auto Property Damage. 
 
 13. Workmen's Collective. 
 
 14. Live Stock. 
 
 The information which it sets forth shows the man- 
 ner of arriving at the items of *' net unpaid claims 
 except liability claims " and '' special reserve for 
 credit losses on policies expiring in October, November 
 and December " contained in the liability portion of 
 the statement. For the purposes of this schedule, 
 losses are divided into two parts: first, those which 
 were outstanding December 31st of the previous year 
 and, second, those which were incurred during the 
 year of the statement and which remained unpaid on 
 December 31st of that year. The second column of 
 this schedule shows the increase or decrease which 
 was made in the estimated liability as it stood Decem- 
 ber 31st of the previous year. This column, taken in 
 conjunction with the payments which were made on 
 account of such claims during the current year and 
 the amount which is being carried as a liability for 
 those still remaining unpaid, furnishes an excellent 
 index of the estimating ability of the underwriters of 
 the companies who have in charge the fixing of an 
 11 
 
162 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 adequate liability for unpaid losses; in fact, the object 
 of Schedules G, (Parts 1 and 2), J, K and M, is the 
 verification of this important item of liability by the 
 old test of proving the value of the pudding by; 
 eating it. 
 
 You will note that liability claims have been omitted 
 from Part 1 of Schedule 0, and Part 2 of that schedule 
 is devoted to liability claims only. It separates the 
 unpaid losses into three groups (and in order to make 
 the subdivisions clearer, I shall use the figures con- 
 tained in the statement upon which the companies will 
 report their operations for 1910) ; first, those issued 
 prior to 1900, second, those issued between 1901 and 
 1905, inclusive, and third, those issued between 1906 
 and 1910, inclusive. The issues of each year are kept 
 separate and the final objects of the schedule may be 
 stated as an attempt to find the ratio which exists 
 between the earned premiums on the one hand and the 
 loss payments, plus the statutory reserve, on the other. 
 The fact that this schedule contains a column headed 
 ' ' additional liability for unpaid losses and claims and 
 expenses of settlement as computed by the company," 
 is a tacit admission that the statutory method of com- 
 puting the value of unpaid liability losses in New 
 York State is insufficient. 
 
 Schedule J refers only to fidelity and surety losses 
 or claims which were unpaid on January 1st of the 
 year covered by the statement; it does not take into 
 account the year in which the loss occurred or the year 
 in which the policy was issued. Using again the 1910 
 statement as a basis, a company would be required to 
 include in Schedule J all of the losses which were out- 
 standing on December 31, 1909. Claims are here 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 163 
 
 arranged consecutively by claim number, so that they 
 may be easily followed from statement to statement, 
 and you will notice that the arrangement of the col- 
 umns is such as to bring in close proximity, the pay- 
 ments which were made during 1910 with the esti- 
 mated value of the loss on December 31, 1909, or if no 
 payment was made during 1910, then the amount of 
 the estimated liability on December 31, 1910, is shown. 
 If a company honestly tabulate all of its outstanding 
 claims. Schedules J and K furnish an absolute index 
 to the sufficiency or insufficiency of its loss reserve. 
 
 Schedule K is similar to J, but refers to those fidelity 
 and surety losses or claims of which the company 
 received notice during 1910 and which remained 
 unpaid at the close of business December 31, 1910. I 
 need not devote much attention to this schedule, and 
 I merely desire to call your attention to the fact that 
 the losses which this year are scheduled in K will 
 appear in J next year, whether they were settled 
 during 1911 or not. 
 
 Like J and K, Schedule M applies only to fidelity 
 and surety risks. An attempt here has been made to 
 classify the different forms of policies and bonds 
 referring to the fidelity and surety business. You will 
 recall that in a previous talk I attempted to distin- 
 guish between a fidelity and a surety risk, and in order 
 to supplement that distinction, I shall here read the 
 detailed classification of risks required by the Insur- 
 ance Departments from companies preparing their data 
 for Schedule M. This classification was arrived at 
 after conferences between underwriters and repre- 
 sentatives from the Insurance Departments, and is 
 brought to your attention as constituting the best 
 
164 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 available classification which we have been able to 
 obtain without making the details too cumbersome for 
 practical use. 
 
 Class No. 1. Fidelity.— Executives, Agents, Clerks, 
 etc., of Financial Institutions, Public 
 Service Corporations, Mercantile, 
 Manufacturing, Fraternal, Labor 
 Organizations, et al. 
 
 Class No. 2. Fiduciary. — Administrators, Executors, 
 Guardians, Trustees, Assignees, Re- 
 ceivers, Committees, Conservators, 
 Curators. 
 
 Class No. 3. Public Officials. — State, County, Mu- 
 nicipal Officials, Accounting Officers, 
 Judges, Court Clerks, Notaries, Po- 
 licemen, et al. 
 
 Class No. 4. U. S. Gov't Officials. — Includes every 
 risk covering any official or employee 
 running to the U. S. Government. 
 
 Class No. 5. Customs — Internal Revenue. — In- 
 cludes all bonds given to the Customs 
 or Internal Revenue Department of 
 the U. S. Government and other 
 financial guarantee running to the 
 Federal Government. 
 
 Class No. 6. Contract — U. S. Government. — Con- 
 struction, Furnishing of Supplies. 
 
 Class No. 7. Contract — General. — Construction, 
 Furnishing of Supplies, All Con- 
 tractor Risks other than running to 
 the Federal Government. 
 
 Class No. 8. Judicial or Court. — Refunding, Appeal, 
 Bail, Attachment, Costs, Replevin, 
 etc. All bonds required in or termi- 
 nated by a judicial proceeding. 
 
 Class No. 9. Depository. 
 
 Class No. 10. License — Franchise, 
 
Examination of Insueance Companies 165 
 
 Class No. 11. Excise. 
 
 Class No. 12. Indemnity — Miscellaneous. — Includes 
 all financial guarantees not reported 
 in classes 7 to 11, inclusive, guar- 
 anteeing payment of rents, lost se- 
 curities, etc. 
 
 Schedule M is, in reality, divided into four parts as 
 follows : 
 
 Experience of 1909 on business written in 1909. 
 Experience of 1910 on business written in 1909. 
 Experience of 1910 on business written in 1910. 
 Experience of 1911 on business written in 1910. 
 
 It is manifestly impossible to fill in tbe figures for 
 the last of the four subdivisions, as the statement con- 
 taining this schedule will have to be filed during Janu- 
 ary or February of 1911; the object of giving this 
 fourth part is to give timely warning to the company 
 of the future requirements. Concerning this exhibit 
 the blank states : 
 
 '* It is proposed to extend this schedule to show 
 each year's experience on the business written in 
 1909 and subsequent years until such business has 
 been terminated, and all claims thereunder set- 
 tled." 
 
 The distinguishing feature of this schedule is that 
 it disregards entirely the premiums which have been 
 charged by the companies and attempts to make all 
 of its comparisons with the gross penalty written in 
 the bond or policy. It is an attempt to derive some 
 method of computing the present value of future loss 
 payments on the basis of the face of the bond or policy 
 
166 Examination of Insueance Companies 
 
 — ''face" here being used as synonymous with 
 ** penalty." Some underwriters have declared that no 
 such determination can be made, and statisticians con- 
 nected with Insurance Departments and insurance 
 companies will watch the figures developed in Schedule 
 M with a great deal of interest. 
 
 Schedule N, referring to the bank balances carried 
 in each banking institution, and Schedule X, relating 
 to the unlisted assets, are similar to the corresponding 
 schedules in the life blank, and need no further 
 explanation upon my part. 
 
 Schedule P exhibits the details of the calculation 
 made in accordance with Section 86 of the New York 
 Insurance Law, and applies only to companies trans- 
 acting a liability business. Section 86, you will recall, 
 deals with the present value of future liability loss 
 payments. It is now generally admitted by under- 
 writers that this method laid down by the statute, 
 yields too low a reserve, and well-managed companies 
 do not rely solely upon its provisions when stating 
 their liabilities, but carry an additional voluntary re- 
 serve to cover the payments which they feel will have 
 to be made in the future. In connection with this I 
 desire to recall to your mind the paper dealing with 
 the question of liability loss reserves (see Appen- 
 dix L). 
 
CHAPTER XX 
 
 Schedules and Their Application to Financial Portions 
 of Statement — Method of Checking Details Shown 
 in Schedules with Items in Other Portions of State- 
 ment. 
 
 In my previous talks I outlined briefly the forms 
 which the schedules in the life and the miscellaneous 
 blanks have taken, outlined in a general way the 
 reason for asking for the information therein con- 
 tained, and indicated that the schedules showed the 
 increased interest which supervising officials were tak- 
 ing in the operations of the companies reporting to 
 them. I desire in a very brief manner to call your 
 attention to certain uses to which the schedules may 
 be put in the way of ascertaining the correctness of 
 the income, the disbursement, the asset and the lia- 
 bility portions of the financial part of the annual state- 
 ment blank. An observance of these rules will enable 
 companies to prepare their annual statement blanks 
 in such a way as to render unnecessary a great part 
 of the correspondence which now finds its way into 
 the offices of the Insurance Commissioners of the 
 various States. 
 
 In order that we may have a definite basis upon 
 which to go, I shall refer to the blanks used by the 
 New York Insurance Department for the purpose of 
 having companies report their condition as of Decem- 
 ber 31, 1910. 
 
 [167] 
 
168 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 LITE BLANK 
 Schedule A — Part 1 
 
 The total of the ' ' book value ' ' column should agree 
 with item 1 of assets, '' book value of real estate." 
 
 The *' market value " column should be used as a 
 basis for item 22 of assets, " market value of real 
 estate over book value," or part of item 42 of assets, 
 *' book value of ledger assets over market value." 
 Should the market value of the real estate owned be 
 in excess of the book value, the difference will be car- 
 ried in item 22, while if there be a depreciation the 
 loss will be carried under item 42. 
 
 The total of the ^' increase, by adjustment, in book 
 value during 1910 " column, when added to the total 
 in a similar column in part 3 of this schedule, should 
 be the same as item 42(a) of income, " gross increase, 
 by adjustment, in book value of real estate. ' ' 
 
 The total of the " decrease, by adjustment, in book 
 value during 1910 " column, when added to the total 
 in a similar column in part 3 of this schedule, should 
 be the same as item 47(a) of disbursements, " gross 
 decrease, by adjustment, in book value of real estate." 
 
 You will find that this schedule contains an exhibit 
 of the gross rental and expenditure for taxes, repairs 
 and expenses of each parcel for each of the last three 
 years. The total of the " gross rental during 1910 " 
 column, when added to the total of the '^ gross rental 
 during 1910 " column of part 3, should equal item 32 
 of income, '' gross rent from company's property." 
 
 The total of the " expended for taxes, repairs and 
 expenses during 1910 " column, when added to the 
 total of the " expended for taxes, repairs and expenses 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 169 
 
 during 1910 " column of part 3, should equal items 
 30 and 31 of disbursements, which are '' repairs and 
 expenses (other than taxes on real estate)" and 
 '* taxes on real estate " respectively. 
 
 Schedule A — Part 3 
 
 The total of the ^' profit on sale " column should 
 agree with item 41(a) of income, " gross profit on sale 
 of real estate." 
 
 The total of the ' ' loss on sale ' ' column should agree 
 with item 46(a) of disbursements, " gross loss on sale 
 of real estate." 
 
 Schedule B 
 
 The total of the *' amount unpaid December 31st, 
 1910 " column should agree with item 2 of assets, 
 '* mortgage loans on real estate." 
 
 In the " interest " subdivision the total of the 
 '' amount past due December 31, 1910 " column 
 should agree with the first part of item 13 of assets, 
 ^' interest due on mortgages." 
 
 In the same subdivision the total of the " amount 
 past due December 31, 1910 " column should agree 
 with the second part of item 13 of assets, '' interest 
 accrued on mortgages." 
 
 In the same subdivision the total of '* gross amount 
 received during 1910 " column should agree with item 
 23 of income, " gross interest on mortgage loans," 
 although there is no way of verifying the deduction 
 which companies are asked to make in this item for 
 the accrued interest on mortgages acquired during 
 1910. 
 
170 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 Your attention is directed to the fact that the present 
 form of Schedule B contains a record of not only the 
 mortgages in the company's possession at the time 
 that the statement was made, but also all acquisitions 
 and sales during the statement year. 
 
 Schedule C — Part 1 
 
 The total of " amount loaned thereon " column 
 should agree with item 3 of assets, ' ' loans secured by 
 pledge of bonds, stocks and other collateral. ' ' 
 
 In the interest subdivision the total of '' amount 
 past due December 31, 1910 " column should agree 
 with the first part of item 15 of assets, '^ interest due 
 on collateral loans." 
 
 In the same subdivision the total of '' amount 
 accrued December 31, 1910 " column should agree 
 with the second part of item 15 of assets, *' interest 
 accrued on collateral loans." 
 
 In the same subdivision the total of '' amount re- 
 ceived during 1910 " column should agree with item 
 24 of income, *' gross interest on collateral loans," 
 when increased by the total of the amount of ' ' amount 
 received during 1910 " of the interest subdivision in 
 part 3 of this schedule. 
 
 Schedule D — Part 1 
 
 The total of the '^ book value " column should agree 
 with the first part of item 6 of assets, " book value 
 of bonds." The total of " market value " column 
 when added to the total of the similar column in part 
 2 of the schedule should form the basis for either the 
 addition under item 23 of assets, '* market value of 
 bonds and stocks over book value," or part of item 
 
Examination of Insueance Companies 171 
 
 42 of assets, '' book value of ledger assets over market 
 value." 
 
 In the interest subdivision total of '' amount due 
 and accrued December 31, 1910 " column, should 
 agree with item 14 of assets, ^' interest due and 
 accrued on bonds." Your attention is directed to the 
 fact that in this schedule the past due interest is not 
 separated from the accrued interest. 
 
 In the same subdivision the total of " gross amount 
 received during 1910 ' ' column when added to the total 
 of " amount received during 1910 " column in the 
 dividend subsection of part 2, and the total of ''in- 
 terest or dividends received during 1910 " column of 
 part 4 should equal item 25 of income, " gross interest 
 on bonds and dividends on stocks. ' ' 
 
 The indented figure in item 25 of income, " accrued 
 interest on bonds acquired during 1910 ' ' should agree 
 with the total of " paid for accrued interest on bonds 
 acquired during 1910 " column in part 3. 
 
 The total of " increase, by adjustment, in book value 
 during 1910 " column should agree with item 42(b) 
 of income, " gross increase, by adjustment, in book 
 value of bonds," when increased by that portion of 
 the similar column in part 4 of this schedule applying 
 to bonds. 
 
 The total of " decrease, by adjustment, in book 
 value during 1910 " column should agree with item 
 47(b) of disbursements, " gross decrease by adjust- 
 ment in book value of bonds," when increased by that 
 portion of the similar column in part 4 of this schedule 
 applying to bonds. 
 
 The total of " increase in amortized value during 
 1910 " column should agree with the indented figures 
 
172 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 in item 42(b) of income, "including $ for 
 
 accrual of discount." 
 
 The total of the '* decrease in amortized value dur- 
 ing 1910 " column should agree with the indented 
 figure in item 47(b) of disbursements, " including 
 $ for amortization of premiums. ' ' 
 
 Schedule D — Part 2 
 
 The total of ' * increase by adjustment in book value 
 during 1910 " column should agree with item 42(c) 
 of income, " gross increase, by adjustment, in book 
 value of stocks " when added to the portion of the 
 similar column in part 4 applying to stocks. 
 
 The total of " decrease by adjustment in book value 
 during 1910 " column should agree with item 47(c) 
 of disbursements, '' gross decrease by adjustment in 
 book value of stocks " when added to the portion of 
 the similar column in part 4 applying to stocks. 
 
 Schedule D — Part 4 
 
 The total of " profit on sale " column should agree 
 with items 41(b) and 41(c) of income, " gross profit 
 on sale or maturity of bonds " and '* gross profit on 
 sale of stocks." 
 
 The total of " loss on sale " column should agree 
 with items 46(b) and 46(c) of disbursements, " gross 
 loss on sale or maturity of bonds " and *' gross loss 
 on sale of stocks." 
 
 Schedule E 
 
 The total of " balance December 31, 1910 " column 
 should agree with items 8 and 9 of assets, '' deposits 
 in trust companies and banks, not on interest " and 
 ** deposits in trust companies and banks, on interest." 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 173 
 
 The total of '' amount of interest received during 
 1910 " column should agree with item 27 of income, 
 *' gross interest on deposits in trust companies and 
 banks. ' ' 
 
 Schedule F 
 
 The total of " amount resisted December 31st, 
 1910 ' ' column should agree with item 15 of liabilities, 
 ** claims for death losses and other policy claims 
 resisted by the company." 
 
 Schedule J 
 
 The total of '' amount paid " column should agree 
 with the indented figure in item 15 of disbursements, 
 together with item 28 of disbursements, being the 
 ** legal expenses in connection with the investigation 
 and settlement of policy claims ' ' and * ' legal expenses 
 not included in item 15, ' ' respectively. 
 
 Schedule P 
 
 The total of '* total '' column should agree with 
 items 33 and 34 of liabilities, '' dividends declared on 
 or apportioned to deferred dividend policies payable 
 to policyholders during 1911 " and " amounts set 
 apart, apportioned, provisionally ascertained, calcu- 
 lated, declared or held awaiting apportionment upon 
 deferred dividend policies not included in item 33." 
 
 Schedule X 
 
 The total of '* gross income during 1910 " column 
 should equal item 34 of income, '' from other sources 
 (give items and amounts)." 
 
174 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 The total of '' outlays made during 1910 " column 
 should agree with item 38 of disbursements, " other 
 disbursements (give items and amounts)." 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS BLANK 
 
 The annual statement which the miscellaneous com- 
 panies are required to file requires no special treat- 
 ment in so far as schedules A, B, C and D are con- 
 cerned. The facts connected with the special sched- 
 ules, however, are as follows : 
 
 Schedule H 
 
 The total of " value of property received as sal- 
 vage " column should agree with item 16 (3) of dis- 
 bursements, being the amount of the salvage deducted 
 from the payments to policyholders for losses. 
 
 Schedules J and K 
 
 The totals of the *' estimated liability December 
 31st, 1910, per annual statement " columns of these 
 two schedules when added together should equal 
 item 4 (4) and item 5 (4) of liabilities, being the 
 sum of the adjusted, in process of adjustment and 
 resisted fidelity and surety losses. 
 
CHAPTER XXI 
 
 Excise Bonds — Special Feature in New York State — 
 Excise Reinsurance Agreement — Its Method of 
 Operation — Guaranty of Bills of Lading — Other 
 Forms of Guaranteed Certificates. 
 
 In one of my previous talks I stated to you that the 
 only forms of insurance which required the insertion 
 of special items of liability in their annual statements 
 were credit insurance and liability insurance. I pur- 
 posely omitted any reference to the excise bonds which 
 are issued by some surety companies and for which 
 you will find in the blank used by the New York Insur- 
 ance Department a special item in the liabilities refer- 
 ring, however, not to all of the excise risks, but only 
 to those that are written on liquor dealers in New 
 York State. I desired to refer to this matter in a 
 separate talk and the reason for the special treatment 
 of the New York State excise risks can be seen from 
 the following: You will recall that excise bonds are 
 issued in order that the liquor dealer may be enabled 
 to obtain his license from the State, and the companies 
 guarantee that in the event of any conviction for viola- 
 tion of the excise laws upon the part of the dealer, 
 the penalty of the bond or such part of it as may be 
 demanded, will be paid. Formerly these bonds in 
 New York State were issued in May of each year; in 
 later years and at the present time all of the bonds 
 are issued on October 1st of each year and run to 
 
 [175] 
 
176 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 September 30th of the next year. You will, therefore, 
 see that on December 31st of any year these bonds 
 have been in force only three months, and, therefore, 
 the New York Insurance Department requires the com- 
 panies to maintain not 50 per cent, of the gross pre- 
 miums as an unearned premium account, but insists 
 upon 75 per cent, being set aside as a liability. This 
 treatment is in accordance with the actual conditions 
 and is, therefore, not a special item such as were the 
 liabilities applicable to credit insurance and liability 
 insurance, but is simply the logical treatment of the 
 item, and follows the general rule indicated in my 
 treatment of the unearned premium account. 
 
 Bear in mind, however, that this applies only to 
 excise bonds issued for liquor dealers in New York 
 State; in other localities the bonds are issued at vari- 
 ous times throughout the year, and in consequence 
 the usual 50 per cent, rule will be applicable in those 
 cases. 
 
 Attached to the excise business in New York State 
 are one or two special features to which I would like 
 to direct your attention at this time; the business there 
 is done by means of an association, to which at the 
 present time, I think, ten surety companies are sub- 
 scribers. In other words, these ten companies have 
 formed a pool and between them handle all of the New 
 York excise business, both State and city. Repre- 
 sentatives of these companies have met and have ap- 
 portioned the business among themselves according 
 to certain agreed ratios. Companj'' A, for instance, 
 has agreed to assume 10 per cent, of the excise risks, 
 will receive 10 per cent, of all of the premiums which 
 will be collected (after deducting the expenses) and 
 
Examination of Insueance Companies 177. 
 
 will pay 10 per cent, of all of the excise losses which 
 are sustained in the State of New York. Company B, 
 being smaller desires only to be a participant to the 
 extent of 5 per cent., will receive 5 per cent, of the 
 premiums and be responsible for 5 per cent, of the 
 losses. The bonds are issued in the names of the indi- 
 vidual companies, i. e., in the interior towns, for 
 instance, the agent of Company A will issue bonds 
 binding his company, but if a loss should result under 
 that bond. Company A would not be required to pay 
 the entire loss, but would be responsible for only its 
 proportion as determined by the excise association, 
 and the balance would be met by the other subscribers 
 according to their respective proportions. 
 
 While a company is liable for that percentage of 
 the total losses which it has agreed to underwrite, you 
 will find that it does not at once receive that percent- 
 age of the premium receipts. All of the premiums 
 which are collected go to the executive committee of 
 the association, are deposited in some bank, and the 
 committee, before distributing them between the vari- 
 ous subscribers, sets aside a reserve fund in order to 
 take care of the losses which may be claimed by the 
 State at any time within three years after the bond 
 has been issued, although the year for which the bond 
 ran expired some time before. In other words, if a 
 bond were issued on October 1, 1910, it would cover 
 the liquor dealer for the year expiring September 30, 
 1911, but the State could at any time within two years 
 after September 30, 1911, sue upon this bond to recover 
 a penalty for any violation which occurred prior to 
 that date. While this is the broad, general purpose 
 of the reserve fund, it is aimed to pay all of the losses 
 
 12 
 
178 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 out of the other funds. Let us suppose, for instance, 
 that Company A is compelled to pay a loss of $1,000 
 and that its share of participation in the excise asso- 
 ciation is 10 per cent. When the loss is to be paid. 
 Company A sends its cheque for $1,000 to the proper 
 State officer and receives at the same time a cheque 
 from the executive committee for $900, the share of 
 the other subscribers. This payment is made by the 
 executive committee, not from the reserve fund just 
 referred to, but from a fund intended to provide for 
 current losses, and which it aims to always keep at a 
 certain figure. 
 
 These funds are deposited in the bank not in the 
 names of the individual companies, but in the name of 
 the association, and in consequence some question has 
 arisen as to the right of the company to include its 
 share of the current loss fund and the reserve fund 
 among its deposits in preparing the annual statement 
 for filing with the various Departments. The usual 
 tests which we apply to determine the admissibility of 
 a bank deposit are, first, is the deposit to the credit 
 of the corporation, and second, is it subject to with- 
 drawal by its cheque. The result of applying both of 
 these tests would seem to indicate that these deposits 
 could not be included among the bank deposits, but 
 should be scheduled as a separate and distinct asset. 
 This is a technical matter which is usually passed 
 upon by each Department according to its own judg- 
 ment, and mention of it is made here merely to account 
 for the presence in the annual statement blank of what 
 may at first glance appear to be an unusual entr^\ 
 
 There is another form of guaranty which may come 
 into prominence in the course of the next year, and 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 179 
 
 that is the guaranty of bills of lading for cotton ship- 
 ments from the South. The owners ship their cotton 
 and the foreign banks have been in the habit of ad- 
 vancing money on the bills of lading which shippers 
 presented. Owing to the fact that bills in the past 
 have been forged, the foreign bankers have become 
 less willing to accept these bills and have insisted 
 upon some sort of a guaranty. Quite recently it was 
 decided to form a corporation for the purpose of guar- 
 anteeing the bills of lading for the foreign bankers. 
 A company of this kind would in all probability be 
 required to conform to the insurance laws relating to 
 surety companies, for there seems to me to be no dis- 
 tinction between this form of guaranty and forms of 
 warehouse receipts, which are not unusual at the pres- 
 ent time. I think it not unlikely that the business 
 which I have just described may eventually be taken 
 up by the surety companies now established and 
 simply run as a branch of their business. When the 
 time comes, it will be necessary to formulate laws for 
 the proper regulation of the business, as it will present 
 certain features which are not found at the present 
 time in the usual transactions of the companies. 
 
 I also wish to call your attention to the fact that 
 you may be brought in contact with a form of ' ' guar- 
 anteed " certificates which are not issued by surety 
 companies and which have no relation to them. Some 
 life insurance companies in the past have been formed, 
 and in lieu of capital stock, have received contribu- 
 tions from the organizers for the purpose of meeting 
 the initial expense of organization; in exchange for 
 these contributions, certificates have been issued pro- 
 viding for the payment of interest at a certain rate, 
 
180 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 and the payment of the principal at some time in the 
 future. These payments are to be made out of the 
 expense fund or loading of the jDremiums, and the 
 question has arisen in a number of the States as to 
 the necessity for charging these certificates as liabili- 
 ties in the annual statements of the companies in the 
 same way that we charge capital stock at the present 
 time. They provide, you will notice, not for a par- 
 ticipation in the assets or from any source of interest 
 income, but are payable out of the expense funds only. 
 For this reason, the legal officers of the States to which 
 the question has been referred, have in a number of 
 cases decided that these outstanding guaranteed cer- 
 tificates are not liabilities. 
 
CHAPTER XXII 
 
 Limitation of Risk — Logic of Statutes — Limitation 
 as Applied to Liability Policies — To Credit Policies 
 — Policies in Hands of Agents — Method of Verify- 
 ing Unearned Premium Item. 
 
 Some of the topics which I wish to take up with you 
 this morning are either collateral to some of the mat- 
 ters about which I have already spoken to you, or 
 have been briefly referred to in my previous talks. 
 We find, for instance, that one of the points to which 
 we should direct our attention in examining a com- 
 pany or auditing its books, is to ascertain whether it 
 has kept within the limits which are prescribed for it 
 by the law in relation to the amount which it is per- 
 mitted to carry on any one risk. 
 
 It must be clear to you that the basic idea of insur- 
 ance is the distribution of the losses which the few 
 sustain in such a way that the shock will be felt over 
 as large an area as possible and, therefore, with 
 diminished effect upon each participant. Bearing this 
 in mind, it must be equally clear to you that if an 
 insurance company is to retain its solvency, it must so 
 distribute its risks as to permit the law of averages 
 to operate; otherwise its transactions will be in the 
 nature of a gamble or a matter of chance. Take the 
 case of a fire insurance company that confined its 
 operations to the risks in one building only; you can 
 readily see that a fire in that building might destroy 
 
 [181] 
 
182 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 the company. As long as no fire occurred, all of the 
 earned premiums not needed for expense purposes 
 would be profit, but such a condition would be very 
 unsafe. The proper distribution of a company 's risks, 
 therefore, is an important matter and one upon which 
 its continued solvency will depend. 
 
 For this reason we find on the statute books of a 
 number of the States, laws limiting the amounts which 
 a company may write on a single risk. In the Com- 
 monwealth of Massachusetts, for instance, we find that 
 a portion of section 20 of the Insurance Law is as 
 follows : 
 
 '' No insurance company authorized to transact 
 business in this commonwealth shall insure in a 
 single risk, wherever such risk is located, a larger 
 amount than one tenth of its net assets, unless it 
 has provided for reinsurance of the excess over 
 said limit, to take effect simultaneously with the 
 original contract; and if any foreign insurance 
 company violates this provision, the insurance 
 commissioner may revoke its authority to trans- 
 act business in this commonwealth; but a mutual 
 boiler insurance company of this commonwealth 
 may insure in a single risk an amount not exceed- 
 ing one fourth of its net assets." 
 
 The wording of this section is so clear as to prac- 
 tically require no further explanation upon my part. 
 I desire, however, to call your attention to the fact 
 that you must use considerable care in applying the 
 limitations of this section. 
 
 No question will arise in its application to a life or 
 a fire or a personal accident company, for there the 
 question of the risk which is covered is quite clear, 
 
Examination of Insueance Companies 183 
 
 although in the case of a fire insurance company care- 
 ful underwriters impose an additional restriction upon 
 their operations by limiting the amount which they will 
 carry in any one block. You will find that fire insur- 
 ance companies keep a very accurate record of the 
 way in which their risks are distributed, and do every- 
 thing possible to prevent the " conflagration hazard." 
 
 When you come to apply the law to liability and 
 credit companies, the application becomes more in- 
 volved and presents some unusual features. You will 
 recall that when I talked about liability policies, I 
 pointed out that a policy is sometimes designated as 
 a $5,000-$50,000 policy. By this is meant that the 
 company is liable only to the extent of $5,000 on any 
 one life, but is liable to the extent of $50,000 as a result 
 of any one accident. If the next day another accident 
 occurred so that the same insured would have to pay 
 damages, the liability company would again be in a 
 position where it would have to furnish protection 
 within these limits. It would seem, therefore, that 
 the wording of the statute " shall insure in a single 
 risk " would mean in this case that $50,000 is the 
 measure of the amount involved in a single risk. 
 
 In the case of credit companies you will recall that 
 a similar designation is used, but the meaning is 
 different. For instance, a $5,000-$50,000 policy would 
 mean that after the insured's initial loss had been 
 exceeded, a credit company would be responsible or 
 liable to the extent of $5,000 for any one insolvent 
 customer, and its total limit would be $50,000. Once 
 that limit has been reached, the credit company could 
 never be called upon to pay more than $50,000. Here 
 it must be manifest to you that the limit on any single 
 
184 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 risk is not $50,000, but $5,000, because there is no 
 reason to assume that any event which causes the 
 insolvency of one customer is going to cause the insol- 
 vency of another customer. 
 
 There is another matter to which I have referred, 
 and that is the method of checking the outstanding 
 policies. In the case of fire, accident and some other 
 forms of insurance, the policies are not issued at the 
 home office of the company, but forms are placed in 
 the hands of the agents and the policies are issued 
 directly by them, notification being sent to the home 
 office of the company either in the form of daily 
 reports, lists of policies or some other similar way. 
 In the case of personal accident companies we find a 
 great many forms of policies issued, and in conse- 
 quence the agents have in their hands a number of sets 
 of policies. It is necessary, therefore, to check up 
 the policy forms in their hands to ascertain whether 
 all of the policies which have been issued have been 
 reported to the home office; this is important in that 
 we are interested, first, to ascertain whether the com- 
 pany is carrying the proper amount of unearned pre- 
 mium as a liability on its outstanding risks, and 
 second, whether the company is receiving the pre- 
 miums represented by all of the policies which have 
 been issued by the agents. An agent, you will see, 
 has the opportunity, should he be so inclined, to issue 
 a policy, fail to report it at the home office, and put 
 the premium in his pocket. Such a condition would 
 never be revealed unless a loss were reported on such 
 policy or unless the policy forms remaining with the 
 agent are checked with the record at the home office. 
 We should find that for every policy which has been 
 placed in his hands, the agent has either reported its 
 
Examination of Insukance Companies 185 
 
 issuance, has returned the policy as spoiled, or still 
 has the form in his possession. It is important both 
 from the standpoint of the auditor and the examiner 
 that this phase of the company's transactions should 
 be closely guarded. 
 
 I also wish to refer briefly to the proper method of 
 determining the unearned premium account of a fire 
 insurance company or any company which lists its 
 premiums by expirations. A recent case of falsifica- 
 tion of its annual statement by a fire insurance com- 
 pany has received some attention, and I think the best 
 way to make this clear to you is to take this specific 
 case and show the steps which led to the determination 
 of the falsification. The company in question reported 
 that the gross premiums which it had written during 
 the year 1909, less reinsurance and return premiums, 
 amounted to $1,505,073. The recapitulation of its fire 
 risks and premiums which purported to analyze its 
 unearned premium account, was shown in its sworn 
 statement as follows: 
 
 Gross 
 premiums 
 charged, 
 
 Year less Fraction Premiums 
 
 written Term reinsiu-ance unearned ' unearned 
 
 1909 One year or less $602,075.10 1-2 $301,037.55 
 
 1908 It, f 5,465.16 1-4 1,366.29 
 
 1909 /^^°y^^" \ 9,295.62 3-4 6,971.72 
 
 1907] f 200,469.20 1-6 33,411,53 
 
 1908 I Three years -j 193,865.46 1-2 96,932.73 
 
 1909 J I 286,720.87 5-6 238,934.06 
 1906] ( 2,716.98 1-8 339.62 
 
 1907 ! ^„,„ „„„^ ] 5 , 007 , 71 3-8 1 , 877 . 89 
 
 1908 f *°"^y®*" I 2,375.21 5-8 1,484.51 
 
 1909 1 [ 3,251.58 7-8 2,845.13 
 
 1905 1 f 93,644.35 1-10 9,364.43 
 
 1906 I 106,412.56 3-10 31,923.76 
 
 1907 I Five years ■! 100,404.40 1-2 50,202.20 
 
 1908 I 95,878.74 7-10 67,115.11 
 
 1909 J [ 127,044.24 9-10 114,339.81 
 
 $1,834,627.18 $958,146.34 
 
186 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 From the above table you will see that the premiums 
 outstanding on December 31, 1909, on business written 
 during 1909, was as follows: 
 
 One year or less $602,075.10 
 
 Two years 9,295.62 
 
 Three years 286,720.87 
 
 Four years 3,251 . 58 
 
 Five years 127,044. 24 
 
 $1,028,387.41 
 
 It would appear, therefore, that if this recapitula- 
 tion were correct, the difference between the net writ- 
 ings as shown in the income portion of the statement, 
 $1,505,073, and the 1909 issues in force on December 
 31st, $1,028,387.41, or $476,685.59, represented the -pre- 
 miums upon business which had been issued during 
 1909, but which had expired before the end of that 
 year. That a company should have issued one-third 
 of its total writings on a short term basis of this kind 
 is so absurd as to at once indicate that something is 
 wrong. This condition once having been ascertained, 
 there is only one safe way to compute the unearned 
 premium account, and that is to disregard the books 
 of the company entirely and work from the daily re- 
 ports, which should show the policies still in force, the 
 premiums received, the reinsurance which has been 
 effected and all other data necessary for the computa- 
 tion. I might add a word of caution, however, to this 
 effect — do not fail to make an occasional check on the 
 daily reports, in order to make sure that none has been 
 taken from the files. This can, of course, be done by 
 noticing if any serial numbers in any agency are miss- 
 ing, and if so, what explanation of this condition can 
 be offered. 
 
APPENDICES 
 
 [187] 
 
APPENDIX A 
 
 The restrictions placed on the ownership of real 
 estate by the New York Insurance Law are as follows : 
 
 * ' § 20. Every insurance corporation transacting 
 business in this state may purchase, hold and con- 
 vey real property only for the following purposes 
 and in the following manner : 
 
 *' 1. The building in which it has its principal 
 office and the land upon which it stands. 
 
 ' ' 2. Such as shall be requisite for its convenient 
 accommodation in the transaction of its business. 
 
 " 3. Such as shall have been acquired for the 
 accommodation of its business. 
 
 '* 4. Such as shall have been mortgaged to it in 
 good faith by way of security for loans previously 
 contracted or for moneys due. 
 
 ** 5. Such as shall have been conveyed to it in 
 satisfaction of debts previously contracted in the 
 course of its dealings. 
 
 * ' 6. Such as shall have been purchased at sales 
 upon judgments, decrees or mortgages obtained 
 or made for such debts. 
 
 '* 7. Such as shall have been acquired under 
 sections thirteen and fourteen of the general cor- 
 poration law. ' ' 
 
 [189J 
 
190 Examination of Insueance Companies 
 
 APPENDIX B 
 
 The requirements relative to the disposition of real 
 estate in New York are illustrated by the following 
 quotation from section 20 of the Insurance Law: 
 
 ''All such real property specified in subdivi- 
 sions three, four, five, six and seven of this sec- 
 tion, as shall not be necessary for its accommoda- 
 tion in the convenient transaction of its business, 
 shall be sold and disposed of within five years 
 after it shall have acquired title to the same, or 
 within five years after the same shall have ceased 
 to be necessary for the accommodation of its busi- 
 ness, and it shall not hold such property for a 
 longer period unless it shall procure a certificate 
 from the superintendent of insurance that its in- 
 terests will suffer materially by the forced sale 
 thereof, in which event the time for the same may 
 be extended to such time as the superintendent 
 shall direct in such certificate. If it is a domestic 
 marine insurance corporation, it may also acquire 
 and hold such real property within the state or 
 upon or in its waters as is or may be adapted to 
 or available for use in protecting, storing and 
 caring for wrecked vessels or cargoes, or in pro- 
 tecting, storing and caring for such vessels and 
 appliances as are or may be employed for assist- 
 ing the same, or is or may be adapted to or avail- 
 able for other purposes of or incident to marine 
 salvage service, and may manage and dispose of 
 such real property in the same manner and with 
 like effect as if it were an unincorporated owner 
 thereof. No real property shall be acquired by 
 any domestic life insurance corporation under 
 subdivisions one or two hereof or under section 
 fourteen of the general corporation law and no 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 191 
 
 real property within the state shall be acquired 
 by any foreign life insurance corporation under 
 subdivision two hereof, except with the approval 
 of the superintendent of insurance. No real prop- 
 erty shall be disposed of by any domestic life in- 
 surance corporation and no real property within 
 the state shall be disposed of by any foreign life 
 insurance corporation, by exchange for other real 
 property, wherever situated, as the consideration 
 for the transfer in whole or part, unless the acqui- 
 sition of the latter shall be requisite for the con- 
 venient accommodation of the corporation in the 
 transaction of its business and shall be approved 
 by the superintendent." 
 
192 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 APPENDIX C 
 
 Office of 
 
 S. H. Wolfe, 
 
 Consulting Actuary, 
 
 165 Broadway, New York. 
 
 New York, , 
 
 M 
 
 Dear : 
 
 The Insurance Department., of the State., of 
 is (are) now conducting an ex- 
 amination of the Company of 
 
 , and find among its assets a mortgage 
 
 executed by upon property 
 
 owned by you and located 
 
 According to the books of the company on 
 
 19.., the unpaid principal of the mortgage was 
 
 $ 
 
 Will you please inform me if this amount is correct? 
 
 Answer yes or no If not correct what is 
 
 the right amount ? $ 
 
 The examination now being made is required under 
 the laws of the State and this notice does not affect 
 your loan in any way. It does not mean that the com- 
 pany desires you to pay it or that any objection has 
 been made to it. This information is asked for only 
 to enable the examiner to verify the entries in the com- 
 pany's books and by signing this notice below and re- 
 turning it in the enclosed stamped envelope you will 
 aid the work. Very respectfully. 
 
 > 
 
 Examiner. 
 
 Owner please sign here 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 193 
 
 APPENDIX D 
 
 '' § 36. No director or officer of an insurance corpo- 
 ration doing business in this state shall receive any 
 money or valuable thing for negotiating, procuring, 
 recommending or aiding in, any purchase by or sale to 
 such corporation of any property, or any loan from 
 such corporation, nor be pecuniarily interested, either 
 as principal, co-principal, agent or beneficiary, in any 
 such purchase, sale or loan; provided that nothing 
 herein contained shall prevent a life insurance corpo- 
 ration from making a loan upon a policy held therein 
 by the borrower not in excess of the net value thereof. 
 Any person violating any provision of this section 
 shall be guilty of a misdemeanor." 
 13 
 
194 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 APPENDIX E 
 
 " § 100. No domestic life insurance corporation, 
 whether incorporated by special act or under a general 
 law, shall invest in a loan or upon any shares of stock 
 of any corporation, other than a municipal corpora- 
 tion, nor, excepting government, state or municipal 
 securities, shall it invest in, or loan upon, any bonds 
 or obligations which shall not be secured by adequate 
 collateral security or where more than one-third of the 
 total value of the collateral security therefor shall con- 
 sist of shares of stock. Every such corporation which 
 on the first day of June, nineteen hundred and six, 
 owned any shares of stock other than public stock of 
 municipal corporations, whenever the same were ac- 
 quired, or any bonds or obligations of the kinds above 
 described where said bonds or obligations were ac- 
 quired after the first day of March, nineteen hundred 
 and six, shall dispose of said shares of stock and of 
 said bonds and obligations within five years from the 
 thirty-first day of December, nineteen hundred and 
 six, and in each year prior to the expiration of said 
 five years shall make such reduction of its holdings of 
 said securities as may be approved in writing by the 
 superintendent of insurance. No investment or loan 
 shall be made by any such life insurance corporation 
 unless the same shall first have been authorized by the 
 board of directors or by a committee thereof charged 
 with the duty of supervising such investment or loan. 
 No such corporation shall subscribe to or participate 
 in any underwriting of the purchase or sale of securi- 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 195 
 
 ties or property, or enter into any transaction for such 
 purchase or sale on account of said corporation jointly 
 with any other person, firm or corporation ; nor shall 
 any such corporation enter into any agreement to 
 withhold from sale any of its property, but the dispo- 
 sition of its property shall be at all times within the 
 control of its board of directors. Any such corpora- 
 tion, in addition to other investments allowed by law, 
 may invest any of its funds in any duly authorized 
 bonds or evidences of debt of any city, county, town, 
 village, school district, municipality or other civil di- 
 vision of any state and may loan upon the security of 
 improved unincumbered real property in any state 
 worth fifty per centum more than the amount loaned 
 thereon. Provided, however, that nothing in this sec- 
 tion contained shall be construed as prohibiting a life 
 insurance company from entering into an agreement 
 for the purpose of protecting the interests of the com- 
 pany in securities lawfully held by it, or for the purpose 
 of reorganization of a corporation which issued securi- 
 ties so held, and from depositing such securities with a 
 committee or depositaries appointed under such agree- 
 ment ; but such agreement and the deposit of securities 
 thereunder must first be approved in writing by the 
 superintendent of insurance with a statement of his 
 reasons for such approval. Nor shall this section be 
 construed as preventing such company from accepting 
 corporate stock or bonds or other securities, which 
 may be distributed pursuant to any such agreement 
 approved as aforesaid or to any plan of reorganiza- 
 tion approved in writing by the superintendent of 
 insurance with a statement of his reasons for such 
 
196 EXAMHSTATION OF INSURANCE COMPANIES 
 
 approval. But if any securities so received shall con- 
 sist in whole or in part of stock in any corporation or 
 of bonds or obligations which shall not be secured by 
 adequate collateral security or where more than one- 
 third of the total value of the collateral security there- 
 for shall consist of shares of stock, then any stock and 
 any such bond or obligation so received shall be dis- 
 posed of within five years from the time of their acqui- 
 sition or before the expiration of such further period 
 or periods of time as may be fixed in writing for that 
 purpose by the superintendent of insurance. 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 197 
 
 APPENDIX F 
 
 '* § 16. The cash capital of every domestic insurance 
 corporation required to have a capital, to the extent of 
 the minimum capital required by law, shall be invested 
 and kept invested in the kinds of securities in which 
 deposits with the superintendent of insurance are re- 
 quired by this chapter to be made. The residue of the 
 capital and the surplus money and funds of every 
 domestic insurance corporation over and above its cap- 
 ital, and the deposit that it may be required to make 
 with the superintendent, may be invested in or loaned 
 on the pledge of any of the securities in which deposits 
 are required to be invested or in the public stocks or 
 bonds of any one of the United States, or except as in 
 this chapter otherwise provided, in the stocks, bonds 
 or other evidence of indebtedness of any solvent insti- 
 tution incorporated under the laws of the United 
 'States or of any state thereof, or in such real estate 
 as it is authorized by this chapter to hold ; but no such 
 funds shall be invested in or loaned on its own stock 
 or the stock of any other insurance corporation carry- 
 ing on the same kind of insurance business, except 
 that any such company engaged solely in business as 
 a surety company under subdivision four of section 
 seventy of this chapter may invest such funds in, or 
 loan such funds on, the stock of any other corporation 
 carrying on solely the same kind of business outside 
 of, but not within, the United States. Any domestic 
 insurance corporation may, by the direction and con- 
 sent of two-thirds of its board of directors, managers 
 or finance committee, invest, by loan or otherwise, any 
 
198 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 such surplus moneys or funds in the bonds issued by 
 any city, county, town, village or school district of this 
 state, pursuant to any law of this state. Any corpora- 
 tion organized under subdivision one-a, section one 
 hundred and seventy of this chapter, for guaranteeing 
 the validity and legality of bonds or other evidences of 
 indebtedness issued by any state, or by any city, 
 county, town, village, school district, municipality, or 
 other civil division of any state, may invest by loan 
 or otherwise any of such surplus moneys or funds, as 
 provided in section one hundred of this chapter. 
 Every such domestic corporation doing business in 
 other states of the United States or in foreign coun- 
 tries may invest the funds required to meet its obliga- 
 tion incurred in such other states or foreign countries, 
 and in conformity to the laws thereof, in the same kind 
 of securities in such other states or foreign countries 
 that such corporation is by law allowed to invest in 
 this state. Any life insurance company may lend a 
 sum not exceeding the lawful reserve which it holds 
 upon any policy, on the pledge to it of such policy and 
 its accumulations as collateral security. But nothing 
 in this section shall be held to authorize one insurance 
 corporation to obtain, by purchase or otherwise, the 
 control of any other insurance corporation." 
 
Examination of Insueance Companies 199 
 APPENDIX G 
 
 Office of 
 
 S. H. Wolfe, 
 
 Consulting Actuary, 
 
 New York, N. Y. 
 
 Examination of 
 
 for the 
 Insurance Department 
 of 
 
 New York, N. Y., ,19.. 
 
 Gentlemen : 
 
 Among the assets of the 
 
 on 19 . . is a deposit in your institution. For 
 
 the sole purpose of verifying its books will you please 
 fill out the attached certificate and return it in the en- 
 closed stamped envelope. 
 
 Very respectfully yours, 
 
 (Perforated.) 
 
 (Location) 
 
 (Date) 
 
 This is to certify that at the close of business 
 
 19 . . , the books of the 
 
 showed a balance of 
 
 $ due the and subject 
 
 to its cheque and withdrawal; there were also cer- 
 tificates of deposits outstanding for $ 
 
 due 
 
200 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 On the same date, the was 
 
 not indebted to this institution for borrowed money, 
 discounted notes or under any other form of agree- 
 ment, or are any of the aforementioned deposits held 
 by this institution as security for any loan made to an 
 officer, director or employee of said 
 
 By 
 
 Cashier, President or Treasurer. 
 
 [Printed in Copying Ink.] 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 201 
 
 XI 
 Q 
 
 < 
 
 ►a oZ 
 
 3^ 
 
 HO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Mean 
 
 reserve 
 
 maintained 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Hi 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Other 
 credits 
 claimed 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Net 
 deferred 
 premium 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Net 
 
 uncollected 
 
 premiima 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 i3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Amount 
 
 of policy 
 
 loan 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ii 
 
 
 
 
 
 
202 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 APPENDIX I 
 
 ** § 18. If any domestic insurance corporation shall 
 have invested any of its funds in or loaned any of its 
 funds upon the stock, bonds or other evidences of debt 
 of other corporations or of any nation, State, county, 
 city, town, village, school district, municipality or 
 other civil division of any state, pursuant to the laws 
 of this state, and the superintendent shall have reason 
 to believe that such stock, bonds or other evidences of 
 debt are not amply secured or are not yielding an in- 
 come, he may direct it to report to him under oath 
 the amount thereof, the security therefor and its mar- 
 ket value. No stock and no bonds or other evidence of 
 debt if in default as to principal or interest, or if not 
 amply secured, shall be valued as an asset of the cor- 
 poration above its market value. All bonds or other 
 evidences of debt shall, if amply secured and if not in 
 default as to principal or interest, be valued as follows : 
 if purchased at par, at the par value; if purchased 
 above or below par, on the basis of the purchase price 
 adjusted so as to bring the value to par at maturity 
 and so as to yield meantime the effective rate of inter- 
 est at which the purchase was made ; provided that the 
 purchase price shall in no case be taken at a higher 
 figure than the actual market value at the time of pur- 
 chase, and provided further that the superintendent of 
 insurance shall have full discretion in determining the 
 method of calculating values according to the fore- 
 going rule, and the values found by him in accordance 
 with such method shall be final and binding; provided, 
 also, that any such corporation may return such bonds 
 or other evidences of debt at their market value or 
 their book value, but in no event at an aggregate value 
 exceeding the aggregate of the values calculated ac- 
 cording to the foregoing rule." 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 203 
 
 APPENDIX J 
 
 * ' ' There shall also be charged as a liability to each 
 company which undertakes or writes insurance under 
 subdivision three of section seventy of this act, whether 
 organized under this or any other state or country, a 
 further reserve as hereinafter provided. For the pur- 
 pose of computing said reserve, each such company 
 which has been engaged in liability underwriting for 
 ten years or more, shall, on or before the first day of 
 October in each year, state in writing to the superin- 
 tendent of insurance its experience in the United 
 States, under all forms of liability policies, each year 
 separately according to the calendar years in which 
 the policies were written, during a period of five years 
 commencing ten years previous to the thirty-first day 
 of December of the year in which the statement is 
 made, in the following particulars, namely: the num- 
 ber of persons reported injured under all the forms of 
 liability policies, whether such injuries were reported 
 to the home office of the given company or to any of 
 its representatives; the amount of all payments made 
 on account or in consequence of injuries reported under 
 such policies; the number and amount, separately, of 
 all suits or actions against policyholders under such 
 policies which have been settled, either by payment or 
 compromise; both of the above amounts to be ascer- 
 tained as of date of the thirty-first day of August of 
 the year in which the statement is made, and to include 
 in the case of suits all payments made on account or 
 in consequence of the injury from which the suit arose, 
 
 * Part of §86. 
 
204 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 whether prior to or later than the date at which the 
 suit was brought. Each such company shall thereupon 
 reserve upon all said kind of policies, irrespective of 
 the date at which the policies were issued (1) for each 
 suit or action pending, on injuries reported prior to 
 eighteen months previous to the date of making the 
 statement, whether such injuries were reported to the 
 home office of the given company or to any of its rep- 
 resentatives, and which is being defended for or on 
 account of the holder of any such policy, and the aver- 
 age cost thereof as shown by said experience, and (2) 
 for injuries reported under such policies at any time 
 within eighteen months, whether such injuries were 
 reported to the home office of the given company or to 
 any of its representatives, the average cost for each 
 injured person as shown by said experience. From the 
 sum so ascertained the company may deduct the 
 amount of all payments made on account or in conse- 
 quence of said injuries reported within eighteen 
 months, this amount to be taken as of the date at 
 which the statement is made. Any company which 
 now issues or shall hereafter issue, liability policies as 
 aforesaid, and which has not been engaged in liability 
 underwriting for ten years, shall nevertheless, until 
 such times as it may be able to state its experience of 
 the period hereinbefore required, make and maintain a 
 reserve upon all said kind of policies, irrespective of 
 the date at which the policies were issued, determined 
 as follows: (1) for each suit or action pending, on in- 
 juries reported prior to eighteen months previous to 
 the date of making the statement, whether such in- 
 juries were reported to the home office of the given 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 205 
 
 company or to any of its representatives, and which 
 is being defended for or on account of the holder of 
 any such policy, the average cost thereof as shown by 
 the average of said experience of all other companies 
 stated as required by this section, and (2) for injuries 
 reported under such policies at any time within 
 eighteen months, whether such injuries were reported 
 to the home office of the given company or to any of its 
 representatives, the average cost for each injured per- 
 son as shown by the average of said experience of all 
 other companies stated as required by this section: 
 which average costs for suits and for injured persons 
 shall be furnished by the superintendent of insurance 
 to each such company on or before the first day of 
 December, in each year. From the sum so ascertained 
 each such company may deduct the amount of all pay- 
 ments made on account or in consequence of said in- 
 juries reported within eighteen months, this amount 
 to be taken as of the date at which the statement is 
 made. ' ' 
 
206 Examination op Insurance Companies 
 
 APPENDIX K 
 
 (436) § 512. Sec. 3. 
 
 ** The commissioner of insurance shall compute the 
 reserve fund to be held by such companies or asso- 
 ciations by taking fifty percentum of the premiums 
 received upon all risks not expired at the time of mak- 
 ing such computation. And in addition thereto in the 
 case of corporations doing an employers' liability in- 
 surance, the commissioner of insurance shall compute 
 the liabilities for unsettled claims in said employers' 
 liability insurance business at not less than fifty per 
 cent of the premiums received and earned during each 
 and every year less the amount paid for losses and ex- 
 penses incidental thereto, upon claims brought under 
 policies issued during said year: Provided, That such 
 reserve shall not be compute*d for more than the five 
 years previous to the time of making such computa- 
 tion: Provided further, That to the amount of the 
 reserve so ascertained, there shall be added such 
 amount as is necessary to provide for claims of earlier 
 date, not liquidated." 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 207 
 
 APPENDIX L 
 
 Reserve for Unpaid Liability Losses 
 
 By S. H. Wolfe. 
 
 The managers of properly conducted insurance com- 
 panies are anxious to ascertain the present value of 
 their future liabilities, for in no other way can they 
 determine the soundness of their underwriting 
 methods. The method now in vogue of computing the 
 present value of future losses under liability policies, 
 as prescribed by the laws of New York, Massachusetts, 
 Dlinois and California, and other States, is inadequate, 
 is based on incorrect premises, and is an aid to that 
 destructive and delusive process know as '^ fooling 
 one's self." 
 
 The truth of both of these propositions is evidenced 
 by the fact that many companies voluntarily charge 
 themselves with a greater loss reserve than they are 
 required to do under the afore-mentioned statutes. 
 
 This statement must not be construed as an attack 
 upon the ideas of the devisers of the laws which now 
 seek to establish adequate estimates. Proper prin- 
 ciples, especially in the insurance field, cannot be se- 
 cured in one day, and perfected results can only be 
 accomplished by gradual development and reformation 
 as the weak points in our system are revealed. 
 
 With no idea, therefore, that I have devised a 
 method original either in its conception or in its 
 method of application, I nevertheless submit the fol- 
 lowing facts in order that they may induce a line of 
 thought which may lead to the promulgation of a rule 
 
208 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 of law wliicli will more adequately represent this item 
 of the company's liabilities. 
 
 In the early summer of 1907 I was requested by an 
 insurance department to examine a company trans- 
 acting a number of kinds of business, among them lia- 
 bility insurance. The application of certain tests soon 
 indicated that the statutes of the various States were 
 not requiring sufficient reserve on unpaid liability 
 losses, a conclusion which was verified by discussions 
 with the officers and the fact that this particular com- 
 pany was charging itself with an amount greater than 
 any statutory requirement in order to take care of 
 these losses as they might be paid. The rule set down 
 by the various insurance departments had been faith- 
 fully adhered to, and it became evident that the fault 
 was not with its application but with the rule itself. 
 It is unnecessary for me to recite the methods speci- 
 fied for the computation of this reserve, and I shall 
 therefore merely point out those features which will 
 indicate the incorrectness of the premises. 
 
 The liability insurance policy probably gives greater 
 play for the exercise of individual methods and judg- 
 ment on the part of the underwriters than any other 
 form. Even after the premium is fixed and the policy 
 issued, the greatest latitude in the method of carrying 
 out the terms of the contract is allowed. One under- 
 writer may consider it good business policy to settle 
 his claims promptly and before they are brought to 
 suit; another underwriter equally honorable may be of 
 the opinion that the best interests of the policyholders 
 and stockholders are served by uniform resistance to 
 and deferring of loss payments until avoidance is no 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 209 
 
 longer possible. It is not the function of this discus- 
 sion to decide upon the correctness or advisability of 
 one of these attitudes over the other. But the fact 
 remains that any method for computing loss reserves 
 under such contracts which is based upon the number 
 of suits filed or number of notices received must lead 
 to erroneous conclusion, for not only will such a 
 method be affected by the divergent underwriting 
 opinions just referred to, but it takes into account the 
 mental calibre of the insured. To illustrate: 
 
 One policyholder may feel it his duty to notify the 
 company whenever one of his employees receives a 
 scratch on the hand; some other policyholder may con- 
 sider that he will be amply protected if he notifies the 
 company only of such cases as give evidence of prob- 
 able loss. The actual disbursements of the liability 
 company under both of these contracts may be the 
 same, but under the New York law, for instance, the 
 reserve for losses which the company would be re- 
 quired to maintain on the first policy would be many 
 times the loss reserve required on the second policy. 
 It is not an unusual experience for a liability company 
 to be required to maintain as a loss reserve an amount 
 in excess of the gross premium received, notwithstand- 
 ing the fact that it can be conclusively shown that the 
 ultimate loss under such a policy is well within the 
 underwriter's expectations. 
 
 The Michigan law is based upon a different idea, 
 and seeks to establish as a minimum charge an arbi- 
 trary percentage of the gross premiums received, with 
 the further provision that this amount shall be in- 
 creased if the experience of the particular company 
 14 
 
210 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 shows that such a course is necessary. The objections 
 to this method are so numerous and apparent that it 
 will be unnecessary to discuss it, although in justice 
 it may be said that in many cases the Michigan re- 
 quirements come more nearly and closely to a correct 
 approximation of future results than do the other stat- 
 utes referred to. 
 
 With the idea, therefore, of employing some method 
 which would eliminate the objectionable feature of 
 the two methods referred to, which would furnish re- 
 sults independent of the mental make-up of the in- 
 sured, and at the same time take into account the 
 underwriting methods of the management, the follow- 
 ing method was followed: 
 
 From the company records were obtained the earned 
 premiums applicable to the policies of the various 
 years of issue. Referring to the table hereto attached 
 it will be seen, for instance, that during the first year 
 of the policies issued during 1896 the earned premiums 
 amounted to $222,599.06. The second year the earned 
 premiums, without additional premiums received as 
 the result of pay roll audits, had increased to $483,- 
 102.83; while the third year indicated that additional 
 premiums had amounted to the insignificant sum of 
 $700, and it subsequently developed that all additional 
 premiums were practically received during the first 
 three years of the existence of the policy. In excep- 
 tional cases the additions received after that time 
 might be safely disregarded. 
 
 In the same way the losses paid during the various 
 years were resolved into various groups representing 
 the years of issue. It was found, for instance, that 
 $20,182.21 had been paid during the first year of the 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 211 
 
 policies issued during 1896, $106,132.54 during the 
 second year, $68,142 during the third year, $45,750.09 
 the fourth year, $26,017.29 the fifth year, $16,850.37 
 the sixth year, $10,725.03 the seventh year, $2,795.69 
 the eighth year, $1,993.86 the ninth year, $111.87 the 
 tenth year and $226.86 the eleventh year. 
 
 In order to provide a reasonable period of conclu- 
 sion it was determined that for the purpose of this 
 estimate it could safely be assumed that all losses 
 would be settled within ten years of the issuance of 
 the policy, and such exceptional cases as ran beyond 
 that period would serve to offset the interest factor, 
 which will be referred to later. 
 
 With these facts in our possession it was an easy 
 matter to determine the ratio which the losses during 
 the first series of years bore to the earned premiums 
 of the first series of years, and in the same way similar 
 ratios were determined for the second to the tenth 
 years, inclusive. The application of these ratios to the 
 various years became equally simple, and the results 
 of such application are shown in the table, being indi- 
 cated by the numbers contained within the brackets. 
 There are certain additional features of the table to 
 which it is advisable at this time to call attention. It 
 will be seen, for instance, that in 1905 and 1906 it 
 became necessary to estimate the earned premiums as 
 well as the losses, for it follows that it is but just to 
 allow a comj)any credit for its probable future receipts 
 as well as for its probable future disbursements. These 
 estimated premiums were calculated in a similar man- 
 ner as the losses. It will be noted that the space for 
 the earned premiums for the second year of the 1906 
 business is blank, the reason for this being that as the 
 
212 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 company will be allowed full credit for the total of the 
 unearned premiums at the end of the third year, it is 
 unnecessary to use an intermediate year. By this 
 means the accomplishment of our purpose by one step 
 is made possible. In order to arrive at the value of 
 future losses on liability business, therefore, I summed 
 the loss figures shown in the brackets in the table, and 
 deducted from this amount the estimated additional 
 premiums as shown in the table (less the cost of col- 
 lection). This resulted in a slightly larger liability 
 than was assumed by the company, but as I felt it 
 would have been unjust to charge for examination 
 purposes this item as computed in this new and un- 
 tried way, I determined to wait until others with more 
 experience at their command could show the correct- 
 ness or incorrectness of the idea and suggest such 
 modifications as may be necessary. 
 
 So much for the theory. Quite recently the com- 
 pany in question completed its distribution of the 
 losses paid during 1907, and the following table shows 
 the results of my estimates by years, and alongside of 
 the actual payments that the company made: 
 
 Estimates Actual 
 
 shown payments 
 
 PouciES Issued in in Table during 1907 
 
 1906 $254,138.40 $268,444.21 
 
 1905 122,718.74 105,230.61 
 
 1904 75,265.48 64,142.59 
 
 1903 50,578.06 33,972.25 
 
 1902 38,549.74 45,937.67 
 
 1901 13,953.59 20,811.24 
 
 1900 5,692.80 7,599.91 
 
 1899 3,450.91 4,401.16 
 
 1898 3,025.71 7,185.47 
 
 Totals $567,373.43 $557,725.11 
 
 The company, in addition to the foregoing, paid 
 losses during 1907 of $6,417.44 on policies issued prior 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 213 
 
 to 1898, and for which the table makes no charge. It 
 will be seen, therefore, that my estimate differed from 
 the actual payments by about $3,000. 
 
 One of the reasons for not discounting the future 
 payments was that this factor could be relied upon 
 to take care of those extraordinary disbursements such 
 as the $6,417.44 just referred to, and any other for 
 which it would be impossible to make allowance in so 
 general an estimate as the foregoing. 
 
 The object of this explanation is not to announce any 
 new or unusual method or discovery, but to bring to 
 the attention of practical underwriters and statis- 
 ticians a plan which seems to me to get rid of the 
 objectionable features of the present laws and to pro- 
 vide a method which will enable corporations to re- 
 serve according to the merits of their own experience. 
 If it should become necessary to provide for the 
 reserve of a company which has not been in existence 
 long enough to figure this liability on its own experi- 
 ence, it goes without saying that a satisfactory way 
 would be to require such a company to reserve on the 
 basis of others which have been established for a 
 longer period. It will likewise be noted that this pro- 
 posed method, by using the experience of a number of 
 years for the attainment of ratios, exclusively deals 
 with the temporary or unusual fluctuations which 
 might be found in any one year ; as the experience of 
 one year disappears each year, it must follow that we 
 will deal only with the newest experience of the com- 
 pany. Furthermore, it will be noted that the losses 
 paid after the fifth year are small in amount, and 
 therefore as the experience becomes ' ' stale ' ' its effect 
 upon the total result becomes smaller. 
 
214 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 experience table for computing probable future 
 
 LIABILITY LOSSES 
 
 Policies Policies Policies 
 
 written written written 
 
 in 1893 in 1894 in 1895 
 
 Earned premiums, first year $128,716.51 $178,952.65 
 
 Losses, first year $3,597.60 16,452.61 16,828.04 
 
 Earned premimns, second year 131,111.33 293,746.21 411,554.77 
 
 Losses, second year 37,209.82 51,936.46 75,561.02 
 
 Earned premiums, third year 130,415.65 295,081.10 411,862.79 
 
 Losses, third year 16,600.92 44,290.72 69,897.92 
 
 Losses, fourth year 13,601.64 33,741.97 50,964.96 
 
 Losses, fifth year 12,866.87 13,816.26 20,907.21 
 
 Losses, sixth year 14,506.11 9,799.29 14,822.49 
 
 Losses, seventh year 2,341.54 8,051.46 7,872.35 
 
 Losses, eighth year 2,072.65 3,279.43 631.44 
 
 Losses, ninth year 562.00 2,155.07 2,520.70 
 
 Losses, tenth year 281.65 1,627.10 1,126.93 
 
 Losses, eleventh year 729 .06 1 ,934 .39 
 
 Losses, twelfth year 191 . 10 50.00 
 
 Losses, thirteenth year 66 .90 
 
 Policies Policies Policies 
 
 written written written 
 
 in 1896 in 1897 in 1898 
 
 Earned premiums, first year $222,599.06 $295,793.83 $284,368.07 
 
 Losses, first year 20,182.21 37,579.17 32,666.49 
 
 Earned premiums, second year 483,102.83 586,291.94 594,604.25 
 
 Losses, second year 106,132.54 107,088.75 100,440.84 
 
 Earned premiums, third year 483,829.65 590,330.41 605,141.42 
 
 Losses, third year 68,142.00 66,565.30 63,869.17 
 
 Losses, fourth year 45,750.09 45,686.41 63,112.33 
 
 Losses, fifth year 26,017.29 12,876.94 30,906.79 
 
 Losses, sixth year 16,850.37 4,989.56 10,996.67 
 
 Losses, seventh year 10,725.03 9,243.83 4,032.34 
 
 Losses, eighth year 2,795.69 4,842.58 1,170.10 
 
 Losses, ninth year 1,993.80 4,515.46 840.14 
 
 Losses, tenth year 111.87 6,487.66 [3,025.71] 
 
 Losses, eleventh year . 226 .86 
 
 Policies Pohcies Policies 
 
 written written written 
 
 in 1899 in 1900 in 1901 
 
 Earned premiums, fiirst year $311,425.63 $343,045.60 $359,952.16 
 
 Losses, first year 41,956.85 47,861.66 69,569.61 
 
 Earned premiums, second year 675 , 136 , 3 1 750 , 392 . 7 1 840 , 355 . 93 
 
 Losses, second year 110,953.37 153,299.99 201,144.34 
 
 Earned premiums, third year 690 , 182 . 99 769 , 297 . 08 888 , 763 . 98 
 
 Losses, third year 97,913.93 106,996.01 78,186.93 
 
 Losses, fourth year 44,429.69 56,646.75 48,465.18 
 
 Losses, fifth year 39,493.91 39,634.16 41,313.17 
 
 Losses, sixth year 45,924.76 18,625.36 38,285.92 
 
 Losses, seventh year 4,698.13 15,480.01 [13,953.59] 
 
 Losses, eighth year 8,810.90 [5,692.80] [6,576.85] 
 
 Losses, ninth year [3,450.91] [3,846.48] [4,443.82] 
 
 Losses, tenth year [3,450.91] [3,846.48] [4,443.82] 
 
 In the above tables the figures enclosed in brackets, [1, are the estimates which 
 
 have been derived by the methods set forth. 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 215 
 
 EXPERIENCE TABLE FOR COMPUTING PROBABLE FUTURE 
 LIABILITY LOSSES 
 
 Policies Policies Policies 
 
 written written written 
 
 in 1902 in 1903 in 1904 
 
 Earned premiums, first year $442 , 924 . 4 1 $450 , 5 1 6 . 06 $426 , 455 . 79 
 
 Losses, first year 95,826.19 81,167.41 80,244.32 
 
 Earned premiums, second year .. . 1,015,873.50 1,006,676.77 973,278.28 
 
 Losses, second year 223,820.84 181,980.79 181,774.41 
 
 Earned premiums, third year 1,073,809.69 1,076,129.44 1,028,216.56 
 
 Losses, third year 96,778.83 81,336.44 80,213.41 
 
 Losses, fourth year 48,356.05 62,509.26 [75,265.48] 
 
 Losses, fifth year 41,092.29 [50,578.06] [48,326.20] 
 
 Losses, sixth year [38,549.74] [38,633.03] [36,912.99] 
 
 Losses, seventh year [16,858.80] [16,895.23] [16,143.01] 
 
 Losses, eighth year [7 , 946 . 19] [7 , 963 . 35] [7 , 608 . 81] 
 
 Losses, ninth year [5 , 369 . 05] [5 , 380 . 65] [5,141. 09] 
 
 Losses, tenth year [5,369.05] [5,380.65] [5,141.09] 
 
 Policies Policies 
 
 written written 
 
 in 1905 in 1906 
 
 Earned premiums, first year $470,591 .39 $554,324.77 
 
 Losses, first year 84,097.77 98,439.31 
 
 Earned premiums, second year 1,086,715.48 
 
 Losses, second year 195,400.68 [254,138.04] 
 
 Earned premiums, third year [1,133,137.01] [1,334,758.61] 
 
 Losses, third year [122,718.74] [144,554.36] 
 
 Losses, fourth year [82,945.63] [97,704.29] 
 
 Losses, fifth year [53,257.44] [62,733.63] 
 
 Losses, sixth year [40,689.73] [47,917.81] 
 
 Losses, seventh year [17,790.25] [20,955.70] 
 
 Losses, eighth year [8,385.21] [9,877.21] 
 
 Losses, ninth year [5,665.68] [6,673.79] 
 
 Losses, tenth year [5,665.68] [6,673.79] 
 
 "" In the'above'tables the figures enclosed in brackets, [], are the estimates which 
 have been derived by the methods set forth. 
 
216 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 APPENDIX M 
 
 '' § 87. Any domestic life insurance corporation 
 may accumulate and maintain in addition to an 
 amount equal to the net values of its policies com- 
 puted according to the standard adopted by it under 
 section eighty-four of this chapter a contingency re- 
 serve not exceeding the following respective percent- 
 ages of said net values, to wit : When said net values 
 are less than one hundred thousand dollars, twenty 
 per centum thereof or the sum of ten thousand dol- 
 lars, whichever is the greater; when said net values 
 are greater than one hundred thousand dollars, the 
 percentage thereof measuring the contingency reserve 
 shall decrease one-half of one per centum for each one 
 hundred thousand dollars of said net values up to one 
 million dollars; one-half of one per centum for each 
 additional one million dollars up to ten million dollars ; 
 one-half of one per centum for each additional two 
 million five hundred thousand dollars up to twenty 
 million dollars; one-half of one per centum for each 
 additional five million dollars up to fifty million dol- 
 lars; one-half of one per centum for each additional 
 twenty-five million dollars up to seventy-five million 
 dollars ; and if said net values equal or exceed the last 
 mentioned amount, the contingency reserve shall not 
 exceed five per centum thereof; provided that as the 
 net values of said policies increase and the maxi- 
 mum percentage measuring the contingency reserve 
 decreases such corporation may maintain the contin- 
 gency reserve already accumulated hereunder, al- 
 though for the time being it may exceed the maxi- 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 217 
 
 mum percentage herein prescribed, but may not add 
 to the contingency reserve when the addition will 
 bring it beyond the maximum percentage. Provided, 
 however, that nothing herein contained shall be con- 
 strued to affect any existing surplus or contingency 
 reserves held by any such corporation save that when- 
 ever the existing surplus and contingency reserves, 
 exclusive of said net values and of all accumulations 
 held on account of existing deferred dividend policies 
 or groups of such policies, shall exceed the limit above 
 mentioned it shall not be entitled to maintain any 
 additional contingency reserve. Provided, further, 
 that for cause shown the superintendent of insurance 
 may at any time and from time to time permit any 
 corporation to accumulate and maintain a contingency 
 reserve in excess of the limit above mentioned for a 
 prescribed period, not exceeding one year under any 
 one permission, by filing in his office a decision stating 
 his reasons therefor and causing the same to be pub- 
 lished in his next annual report. This section shall 
 not apply to any corporation doing exclusively a non- 
 participating business." 
 
218 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 APPENDIX N 
 
 Provision (6) of section 5 of Act regulating the con- 
 ditions and provisions to be contained in policies 
 (other than the standard forms) of life insurance com- 
 panies doing business in Ohio. 
 
 ''(6) A provision that the policy shall participate 
 in the surplus of the company and that, beginning not 
 later than the end of the third policy year, the com- 
 pany will annually determine and account for the por- 
 tion of the divisible surplus accruing on the policy, 
 and that the owner of the policy shall have the right 
 each year to have the current dividend arising from 
 such participation paid in cash or applied to the pur- 
 chase of paid-up additions, and if the policy shall pro- 
 vide other dividend options, it shall further provide 
 that if the owner of the policy shall not elect any such 
 other options the dividend shall be applied to the pur- 
 chase of paid up additions. 
 
 " In lieu of the foregoing provision the policy may 
 contain a provision that the policy shall participate in 
 the surplus of the company, and that, beginning not 
 later than the end of the fifth policy year, the com- 
 pany will determine and account for the portion of 
 the divisible surplus accruing on the policy, and that 
 the owner of the policy shall have the right to have the 
 current dividend arising from such participation paid 
 in cash, and that at periods of not more than five years 
 such accounting and payment, at the option of the 
 policyholder, shall be had. 
 
 '' Eenewable term policies of ten years or less may 
 provide that the surplus accruing to such policies shall 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 219 
 
 be determined and apportioned each year after the 
 second policy year and accumulated during each re- 
 newal period and that at the end of any renewal period 
 on renewal of the policy by the insured, the company 
 shall apply the accumulated surplus as an annuity for 
 the next succeeding renewal term in the reduction of 
 premiums. 
 
 " These provisions shall not be required in non- 
 participating policies." 
 
220 Examination of Insubance Companies 
 
 APPENDIX 
 
 *' § 97. Limitation of expenses. No domestic life 
 insurance corporation shall in any calendar year, after 
 the year nineteen hundred and six, expend or become 
 liable for, including any and all amounts which any 
 person, firm or corporation is permitted to expend 
 on its behalf or under any agreement with it (1) for 
 commissions on first year's premiums, (2) for com- 
 pensation, not paid by commission, for services in 
 obtaining new insurance exclusive of salaries paid in 
 good faith for agency supervision either at the home 
 office or at branch offices, (3) for medical examinations 
 and inspections of proposed risks, and (4) for advances 
 to agents, a total amount exceeding in the aggre- 
 gate (a) the loadings upon the premiums for the 
 first year of insurance received in said calendar year, 
 (calculated on the basis of the American experience 
 table of mortality with interest at the rate of three and 
 one-half per centum per annum) and (b) the present 
 values of the assumed mortality gains for the first five 
 years of insurance on the policies in force at the end 
 of said calendar year on which the first premium, or 
 instalment thereof, has been received during said cal- 
 endar year, as ascertained by the select and ultimate 
 method of valuation as provided in section eighty-four 
 of this chapter; and (c) on policies issued and termi- 
 nated in said calendar year the full gross premiums 
 received, less the net cost of the insurance for the time 
 the insurance was in force, computed by the American 
 experience select and ultimate table, three and one- 
 half per centum. No such corporation shall make or 
 
Examination op Insurance Companies 221 
 
 incur any expense or permit any expense to be made 
 or incurred upon its behalf or under any agreement 
 with it, except actual investment expenses (not exceed- 
 ing one-fourth of one per centum of the mean invested 
 assets), and also except taxes on real estate and other 
 outlays exclusively in connection with real estate, in 
 excess of the aggregate amount of the actual loadings 
 upon premiums received in said year calculated ac- 
 cording to the standards adopted by the company 
 under section eighty-four of this chapter, and the pres- 
 ent values of the assumed mortality gains hereinbefore 
 mentioned. No such corporation, nor any person, firm 
 or corporation on its behalf or under any agreement 
 with it shall pay or allow to any agent, broker or other 
 person, firm or corporation for procuring an applica- 
 tion for life insurance, for collecting any premium 
 thereon or for any other service performed in connec- 
 tion therewith any compensation other than that 
 which has been determined in advance. All bonuses, 
 prizes and rewards, and all increased or additional 
 commissions or compensation of any sort based upon 
 the volume of any new or renewed business or the 
 aggregate of policies written or paid for, are pro- 
 hibited. No such corporation shall pay commissions 
 upon renewal premiums received upon policies issued 
 after the year nineteen hundred and six, in excess of 
 five per centum of the premium annually for fourteen 
 years after the first year of insurance in the case of 
 endowment policies providing for less than twenty an- 
 nual premiums, nor in excess of seven and one-half per 
 centum of the premium annually for the first nine 
 years after the first year of insurance and five per 
 centum of the premium annually for the next ensuing 
 
222 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 five years in the case of other forms of policies; pro- 
 vided that an amount found to be equivalent to the 
 aggregate amount so payable by a calculation ap- 
 proved by the superintendent of insurance and 
 based upon mortality, interest and lapse rates, 
 may be distributed through three or more years, 
 or through a period exceeding fourteen years, but not 
 more than two-fifths of such amount shall be payable 
 for any one year; provided further that in any agency 
 district subject to the supervision of a local salaried 
 representative the renewal commission payable to 
 agents of such district shall not exceed two-thirds of 
 the foregoing rates annually for fourteen years, sub- 
 ject to the calculation as aforesaid; provided fur- 
 ther that any such corporation may condition the 
 allowance or payment in whole or in part of any 
 of the renewal commissions allowed to be paid as afore- 
 said upon the efficiency of service of the agent receiv- 
 ing the same or upon the amount and quality of the 
 business renewed under his supervision; and also pro- 
 vided that a fee not exceeding three per centum may 
 be paid for the collection of premiums which shall be 
 received for any year after the fifteenth year of insur- 
 ance. If any such corporation shall compensate its 
 agents, or any of them, after the first insurance year, 
 in whole or in part, upon any other plan than commis- 
 sions and collection fees, the aggregate sum so paid 
 shall in no year exceed the limitations herein imposed 
 and the schedule and plan of such compensation shall 
 be submitted to and approved by the superintendent 
 of insurance. No such corporation, nor any person, 
 firm or corporation on its behalf or under any agree- 
 ment with it, shall make any loan or advance to any 
 
Examination op Insurance Companies 223 
 
 person, firm or corporation soliciting or undertaking 
 to solicit applications for insurance without adequate 
 collateral security, nor shall any such loan or advance 
 be made upon the security of renewal commissions, or 
 of other compensation earned or to be earned by the 
 borrower except advances against compensation for 
 the first year of insurance. A foreign life insurance 
 corporation which shall not conduct its business 
 within the limitations and in accordance with the re- 
 quirements imposed by this section upon domestic cor- 
 porations shall not be permitted to do business within 
 the state. This section shall not apply to expenses 
 made or incurred in the business of industrial in- 
 surance nor, except as to the limitation of expenses 
 for the first year of insurance and as to compensation 
 of and loans and advances to agents or solicitors, to 
 stock corporations issuing and representing them- 
 selves as issuing non-participating policies exclu- 
 sively. 
 
224 EXAMINATIOIT OF INSURANCE COMPANIES 
 
 APPENDIX P 
 
 Annual Reports of Life Insurance Corporations. 
 
 ' ' § 103. In addition to any other matter which may 
 be required by law or pursuant to law by the superin- 
 tendent of insurance to be stated therein every annual 
 report of every life insurance corporation doing busi- 
 ness in the state of New York, made pursuant to sec- 
 tion forty-four of this chapter, shall contain an ac- 
 curate, concise and complete statement of the follow- 
 ing matters, to wit: (1) All the real property held by 
 the corporation, the dates of acquisition, the names of 
 the vendors, the actual cost, the value at which it is 
 carried on the company's books, the market value, the 
 amounts expended during the year for repairs and im- 
 provements, the gross and net income from each par- 
 cel, and if any portion thereof be occupied by the com- 
 pany the rental value thereof, a statement of any cer- 
 tificate issued by the superintendent extending the 
 time for the disposition thereof, and all purchases and 
 sales made since the last annual statement, with par- 
 ticulars as to dates, names of vendors and vendees, 
 and the consideration. (2) The amount of existing 
 loans upon the security of real property, stating the 
 amount loaned upon property in each state and foreign 
 country. (3) The moneys loaned by the corporation 
 to any person other than loans upon the security 
 of real property above mentioned and other than 
 loans upon policies, the actual borrowers thereof, the 
 maturity and rate of interest of such loans the securi- 
 ties held therefor, and all substitutions of securities 
 in connection therewith, and the same particulars with 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 225 
 
 reference to any loans made or discharged since the 
 last annual statement. (4) All other property owned 
 by the company or in which it has any interest, includ- 
 ing all securities, whether or not recognized by the law 
 as proper investments, the dates of acquisition, from 
 whom acquired, the actual cost, the value at which the 
 property is carried upon the books, the market value, 
 the interest or dividends received thereon, during the 
 year; also all purchases and sales of property other 
 than real estate made since the last annual statement, 
 with particulars as to dates, names of purchasers and 
 sellers, and the consideration; and also the income re- 
 ceived and outlays made in connection with all such 
 property. (5) All commissions paid to any persons 
 in connection with loans or purchases or sales of any 
 property, and a statement of all payments for legal ex- 
 penses, giving particulars as to dates, amounts and 
 names and addresses of payees. (6) All moneys ex- 
 pended in connection with any matter pending before 
 any legislative body or any officer or department of 
 government, giving particulars as to dates, amounts, 
 names and addresses of payees, the measure or pro- 
 ceeding in connection with which the payment was 
 made, and the interest of the corporation therein. (7) 
 The names of the officers and directors of the company, 
 the proceedings at the last annual election, giving the 
 names of candidates and the number of votes cast for 
 each and whether in person, by proxy or by mail. 
 (8) The salary, compensation and emoluments re- 
 ceived by officers or directors and where the same 
 amounts to more than five thousand dollars that re- 
 ceived by any person, firm or corporation, with par- 
 15 
 
226 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 ticulars as to date, amounts, payees, and the authority 
 by which the payment was made ; also all salaries paid 
 to any representative either at the home office, or at 
 any branch office, or agency, for agency supervision. 
 (9) The largest balances carried in each bank or trust 
 company during each month of the year. (10) All 
 death claims resisted or compromised during the year, 
 with particulars as to sums insured, sums paid and 
 reasons assigned for resisting or compromising the 
 same in each case. (11) A complete statement of the 
 profits and losses upon the business transacted during 
 the year and the sources of such gains and losses, and 
 a statement showing separately the margins upon 
 premiums for the first year of insurance ascertained 
 according to the select and ultimate method of valua- 
 tion as provided in section eighty-four of this chapter 
 and the actual expenses chargeable to the procure- 
 ment of new business incurred since the last annual 
 statement as enumerated in section ninety-seven of 
 this article. A foreign corporation, issuing both par- 
 ticipating and non-participating policies, shall make a 
 separate statement of profits and losses, margins and 
 expenses, as aforesaid, with reference to each of said 
 kinds of business, and also showing the manner in 
 which an}^ general outlays of the company have been 
 apportioned to each of such kinds of business. (12) 
 A statement separately showing the amount of the 
 gains of the company for the year attributable to 
 policies written after December thirty-first, nineteen 
 hundred and six, and the precise method by which the 
 calculation has been made. (13) The rates of annual 
 dividends declared during the year for all plans of in- 
 surance and all durations for ages at entry, twenty- 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 227 
 
 five, thirty-five, forty-five and fifty-five, and the pre- 
 cise method by which such dividends have been cal- 
 culated. (14) A statement showing the rates of divi- 
 dends declared upon deferred dividend policies com- 
 pleting their dividend periods for all plans of in- 
 surance and the precise methods by which said divi- 
 dends have been calculated. (15) A statement show- 
 ing any and all amounts set apart or provisionally 
 ascertained or calculated or held awaiting apportion- 
 ment upon policies with deferred dividend periods 
 longer than one year for all plans of insurance and all 
 durations and for ages of entry as aforesaid, together 
 with the precise statements of the methods of calcula- 
 tion by which the same have been provisionally or 
 otherwise determined. (16) A statement of any and 
 all reserve or surplus funds held by the company and 
 for what purpose they are claimed respectively to be 
 held. (17) A statement showing all sums of money 
 expended in, or in any way connected with, the elec- 
 tion of directors or trustees, with a statement when ex- 
 pended, by whom expended, to whom paid and for 
 what purpose." 
 
228 Examination op Insurance Companies 
 
 APPENDIX Q 
 
 Liability Loss Reserves 
 
 By S. H. Wolfe 
 
 I have been asked by the Executive Committee of 
 this Association to read a paper on the subject of 
 '* Liability reserves and the effect of the new Com- 
 pensation Law on the question of reserve, with par- 
 ticular reference to the method of calculating the 
 latter." 
 
 The program of this meeting owes its existence to 
 the enactment of certain laws bearing upon the pay- 
 ments which employers are compelled to make to their 
 employees in the event of injuries to the latter from 
 accidental causes during employment. A diligent 
 search among these statutes fails to reveal any men- 
 tion of the word ' ' reserves. ' ' The lengthy title of the 
 subject upon which I have been asked to address you, 
 indicates, however, that there is some intimate con- 
 nection between the two matters. 
 
 An idea which is more or less prevalent (not only 
 among those engaged in the liability business, but also 
 among other underwriters) is that the reserve is in the 
 nature of a penalty prescribed by the State or is an 
 arbitrary test created by the same power as a measure 
 of solvency. In reality, both of these viewpoints are 
 wrong. If no supervising officer existed, if the State 
 took no interest in the progress of insurance com- 
 panies and if no laws designed to reveal the solvency 
 or insolvency of an insurance company had ever been 
 enacted, there would still exist the necessity for the 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 229 
 
 creation and maintenance of a reserve fund. It is to 
 the insurance business what the governor is to the 
 steam engine — a control to prevent self-destruction 
 from abnormal and undistributed operations. And as 
 the governor on the steam engine is primarily in- 
 tended for the preservation of the engine, so is the re- 
 serve fund an absolute necessity for the insurance 
 company. 
 
 The recognition and admission of this idea will con- 
 vince one of the intimate relation between the reserve 
 fund and the future history of the corporations en- 
 gaged in the business. I care not how effectively or 
 how adroitly a company may have delayed the enact- 
 ment of proper legislation or may have failed to prop- 
 erly make the returns called for by existing statutes, 
 the fact remains that unless a proper reserve liability 
 be maintained, no company can hope to escape the 
 action of natural laws and the penalty prescribed for 
 their violation. 
 
 A great deal of attention has been directed to the 
 formation of some effective means of calculating that 
 elusive item — the reserve for unpaid losses. A com- 
 mittee of underwriters connected with the different 
 companies has been collecting data upon which to 
 predicate a law, and has submitted a number of plans, 
 the application of which in most cases yields results 
 so widely at variance as to lead to the conclusion that 
 the basis of some of them does not rest upon proper 
 scientific foundations. In the case of one company the 
 application of three of these plans showed that the loss 
 reserve should be as follows: 
 
 Plan 1 $136,444 
 
 Plan 2 224,038 
 
 Plan 3 209,974 
 
230 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 In the case of another the figures were: 
 
 Plan 1 $4,097,150 
 
 Plan 2 3,229,880 
 
 Plan 3 3,555,461 
 
 Thus indicating widely divergent results. The great 
 danger in a discussion of this kind is that our earnest- 
 ness and zeal and attempt to be absolutely correct and 
 scientific, may cause us to lose sight of certain essen- 
 tials. 
 
 '* If once, the shadow to pursue, 
 We let the substance out of view '* 
 
 we shall certainly fail to arrive at a satisfactory result. 
 Kemoving then, from the question of liability loss 
 reserves any reference to a State enactment or of a 
 penalty, and regarding them as they should be, simply 
 in the light of an intimate and necessary adjunct to a 
 company's affairs in much the same way that we 
 would regard its premium income or its interest ac- 
 count or its officers' salaries, we find that the question 
 of future losses is directly affected by each of the fol- 
 lowing factors: 
 
 (a) The inherent worth of the business — which 
 may also be called the underwriting factor, since it re- 
 flects the skill and acumen of the men in charge of the 
 business. 
 
 (b) The methods of settlement — which may also be 
 called the adjusting factor, since it represents the at- 
 titude of the officers who are in charge of the adjust- 
 ing department. 
 
 (c) The results of court decisions — which may be 
 called the litigation factor. 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 231 
 
 (d) The general attitude of the law makers — which 
 may be called the legislation factor. 
 
 Before discussing, however, the relative effect which 
 each of these factors has upon the total result, it will 
 be advisable to refer briefly to the present methods of 
 calculating the loss reserves required by the statutes 
 of the different States, with particular reference to 
 their merits and demerits; it will likewise be in- 
 structive to notice to what extent the different 
 methods take cognizance of the foregoing factors. 
 
 Upon the statute books of New York and some of 
 the other States, will be found a method which for the 
 sake of brevity we may designate as '' the New York 
 law;" the underlying principle here is the division of 
 all future loss payments into two broad subdivisions: 
 first, those claims upon which suit has been brought 
 and notice of the occurrence of the accident has been 
 in possession of the company more than eighteen 
 months, and second, those claims, the notices for which 
 the company has received within the preceding eigh- 
 teen months. It is difficult to find any merit in this 
 method and its defects are so glaring and so well 
 recognized that it is unnecessary for me to consume 
 your time in pointing them out. As long ago as Feb- 
 ruary, 1908, the writer prepared a paper which ap- 
 peared in one of the insurance journals, pointing out 
 the insufficiency of this method ; the active co-operation 
 of the Insurance Department of the State of New York 
 with liability underwriters in an attempt to obtain a 
 better basis, is an indication of the general recognition 
 of the insufficiency of this method of computing the 
 liability. 
 
 The second method is in use in one of the States and 
 
232 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 is based upon the assumption that a company will ulti- 
 mately have to pay a certain percentage of its pre- 
 miums to policyholders and the unpaid portion should, 
 therefore, be maintained as a liability. The merit of 
 this method lies in that it recognizes the necessity for 
 the subdivision of the premiums and the enforced 
 segregation of those portions of the premium income 
 which will be used for the payment of losses. Mani- 
 festly, however, such a method fails to visit upon the 
 head of the incompetent underwriter a sufficient 
 penalty for the charging of too low a premium and the 
 attempt of the statute to guard against this by placing 
 in the hands of the Insurance Commissioners the right 
 to increase the percentage in certain cases, is an at- 
 tempt to correct the evil by the use of a more objec- 
 tionable one, viz.: the clothing of an official with dis- 
 cretionary power without requiring that he be scien- 
 tifically equipped to handle the situation. 
 
 From the foregoing we may conclude that neither of 
 the two methods is satisfactory, and we are strength- 
 ened in our belief by the fact that the question of lia- 
 bility reserves is receiving so much attention at the 
 present time with no attempt to defend the two 
 methods or to base future statutes upon them. The 
 companies have realized this and in a frank, open way 
 have asked the supervising officials of the various 
 States to co-operate with them in devising some 
 method of meeting this situation. 
 
 The effect of the new workman's compensation law 
 will be far reaching; we know that it will affect the 
 losses which will be incurred, but we cannot say at this 
 moment to what extent; we know that it has affected 
 the premiums which the assured will be required to 
 
Examination of Insura.nce Companies 233 
 
 pay for their protection. It will naturally follow, 
 therefore, that the loss reserves must be modified if 
 they are to reflect the new conditions. Manifestly, the 
 ideal method of computing this new liability will be 
 the one which will take into account as many of the 
 four factors which I have previously mentioned as pos- 
 sible, and which will assign to each its relative weight. 
 Let us examine them in the reverse order in which 
 
 they have been stated: 
 
 > 
 
 The Legislation Factor 
 
 Who can say what the next day will bring forth in 
 legislation? We are able, however, to observe fairly 
 accurately the trend of legislation and gauge the ideas 
 which seem uppermost in the minds of legislators. The 
 defences upon which the employer formerly relied in 
 meeting an action brought by an employee are one by 
 one disappearing and the new law on the statute books 
 of New York is undoubtedly an entering wedge to a 
 system of compulsory compensation, similar to the one 
 now in force in certain European countries. This is 
 in line with the advance of socialistic ideas, so notice- 
 able in every avenue of human activity in this country 
 as elsewhere. New York has placed on its statute 
 books definite enactments to this end; a number of 
 other States have appointed commissions to consider 
 the matter and it is but to be expected that their re- 
 ports when presented will be largely influenced by the 
 completed action of New York. It would be the worst 
 kind of self-deception upon the part of underwriters 
 to assume that this tide can be stemmed. The part of 
 wisdom is to drift with it and to assume that at this 
 moment it has not yet reached its flood. The present 
 
234 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 New York Compensation Act applies to eight hazard- 
 ous occupations only. Who among us believe the ap- 
 plication will not be extended to other fields of 
 activity? 
 
 The Litigation Factor 
 
 The legislators place upon the statute books certain 
 acts dealing with the relations between the employer 
 and the employee; the courts construe these acts. 
 Hand in hand with the tendency of Legislatures to 
 make it more difificult for the employer to escape the 
 results of accidents to his workmen, will be found the 
 decisions of the courts. Awards for larger amounts 
 have a direct bearing on the subject of loss reserves 
 and this phase of the situation must unquestionably be 
 affected by the definite amount of the recoveries speci- 
 fied in the new compensation act. 
 
 The Adjusting Factor 
 
 In the same way that judicial awards are influenced 
 — unconsciously, perhaps — by the arbitrary stand- 
 ards prescribed by the present workman's compensa- 
 tion act, so will the question of adjustments be like- 
 wise affected. Formerly there existed no basis upon 
 which an adjustment could be made; to-day the law 
 sets forth certain standards applicable to the eight 
 hazardous occupations, and although not applicable to 
 other cases, it enables the injured employee and his at- 
 torney to find some official figure upon which to base 
 his demand for a settlement. In considering this 
 phase of the question, it should likewise be borne in 
 mind that methods differ among the various companies 
 transacting liability insurance. In the opinion of 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 235 
 
 some underwriters the best results are obtained from 
 prompt and early settlements, the others believe in 
 forcing a large number of claims to litigation. If, 
 therefore, we attempt to calculate the loss reserve upon 
 the basis of periods of settlement, we shall find that 
 we are introducing an error which will seriously affect 
 the scientific integrity of our calculations. 
 
 The Underwriting Factor 
 
 Since the premium is the basis for all insurance, I 
 think I am justified in assigning to this factor the 
 place of chief importance. 
 
 The consideration for a liability policy, the pre- 
 mium, may be properly divided into two parts: first, 
 that portion intended to pay losses and loss expense, 
 and second, the portion intended to cover all of the 
 necessary disbursements of the company — salaries, 
 rents, dividends, etc. With the exception of the in- 
 terest on its invested assets, an insurance company 
 has no other source of income. In order to facilitate 
 this discussion, I shall refer to the first portion of the 
 premium as '' the pure premium " and to the second 
 as " the loading." 
 
 The five possible situations which we can then have 
 are: 
 
 First. — That the pure premium is just sufficient to 
 pay the losses (irrespective of the date of settlement) 
 and the loading just sufficient to meet all of the ex- 
 penses; in this case the underwriting department will 
 show that it is self-sustaining and the surplus will be 
 increased by the interest received on the investments. 
 
 Second. — That the pure premium is insufficient to 
 pay the losses, but the loading is sufficient to meet the 
 
236 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 expenses, in which case the underwriting department 
 will show a loss, and the increase or decrease in the 
 surplus will depend upon the ability of the interest 
 income to overcome the underwriting deficiency. 
 
 Third. — That the pure premium and the loading are 
 both insufficient to meet the needs for which they are 
 intended, and the increase or decrease in the surplus 
 in this case will depend, as in the second case, upon 
 the amount of interest received. 
 
 Fourth. — That the pure premium is in excess of the 
 amount necessary to pay the losses and the loading 
 larger than the expenses incurred, in which case the 
 surplus will be increased not only by the interest re- 
 ceipts, but also by the excess in these two factors. 
 
 Fifth. — That the pure premium is in excess of the 
 amount required to pay the losses, while the loading is 
 insufficient to meet the expenses; in this event if the 
 underwriting profit and the interest income are suffi- 
 cient to overcome the deficiency in the loading, the 
 surplus will be correspondingly increased. 
 
 In the foregoing five cases I have referred to the 
 underwriting profit not as it is commonly understood 
 in the underwriting and investment exhibit required 
 by Insurance Departments, but rather with particular 
 reference to the profits resulting from a comparison 
 of the losses sustained with the pure premium 
 charged. 
 
 I have referred to these five possible conditions in 
 order that we may be led gradually to the idea which 
 I have in mind, viz.: the derivation of the '' pure 
 premium." The '' loading " presents no great diffi- 
 culty, for the expenses of a company are at all times 
 within its control, and are not subject to the same dis- 
 turbing causes that affect the other factor. 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 237 
 
 Is it possible to obtain a pure premium? 
 
 The law of averages applies to liability insurance as 
 it does to every other field of activity; the practical 
 operations of insurance companies would be rendered 
 impossible without it. It will require no demonstra- 
 tion upon my part to prove that the larger the number 
 of happenings exposed to observation, the more re- 
 liable will be the resulting statistics, and it seems to 
 me that therein lies a solution for this problem; in 
 other words, that a careful observation of the practical 
 operations of the companies will enable us to derive 
 the actual cost for the various forms of policies, i. e., 
 the pure premium for the particular hazard. I imagine 
 that no company in this country has been able by its 
 own operations solely to accurately fix the cost for 
 each particular class; individual companies have in- 
 dividual underwriting and adjustment ideas. If we 
 were able, therefore, to obtain the experience of all 
 the companies and correctly tabulate it, we would 
 have not only the benefit of an extensive field of ob- 
 servation, but in addition thereto we would be able to 
 eliminate those conditions which I have just pointed 
 out, may be peculiar to any one company. 
 
 Attempts in the past to get the companies to co- 
 operate in the preparation of statistics of this kind 
 have not been successful. It is not my intention to 
 attempt to find out why the movement has not been a 
 success. I am convinced, however, that failure must 
 inevitably result from an attempt to secure the figures 
 by mere company agreement. In this emergency it 
 would appear that the State could profitably and 
 properly step in and require the tabulation to be made 
 under its supervision. Under these circumstances all 
 
238 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 companies would doubtless be glad to contribute their 
 experience with a full realization that the details of 
 their business would not be exposed to the gaze of 
 competitors, but would be used solely for the purpose 
 of deriving a factor which they need for their own pro- 
 tection. 
 
 I am fully aware that an objection against the use 
 of '' pure premiums " derived from the experiences 
 of the past will be urged. I recognize fully that the 
 changes in the laws and in the attitude of the courts, 
 which I have pointed out a few moments ago, will 
 operate to render those premiums more or less insuffi- 
 cient, but ways exist for correcting this condition. In 
 the first place the calculation would be a continuing 
 process, and each year, therefore, there would be in- 
 troduced a correcting factor. In the second place it 
 would be possible in my opinion to provide tempo- 
 rarily for an arbitrary constant which would repre- 
 sent the necessary addition to the pure premium ac- 
 cording to the best judgment of competent under- 
 writers. 
 
 Having derived the pure premium, the procedure to 
 obtain the reserve would be as follows: The business 
 of any calendar year would be arranged by classes 
 and opposite each class would be placed the pure 
 premium (plus the constant) which should have been 
 received on the basis of the standard experience. From 
 such net premium receipts would be deducted the pay- 
 ments which have been made to policyholders in each 
 of the tabulated classes. The difference between the 
 premiums and the payments would be the amount 
 which the company should hold as a reserve to take 
 care of the future losses of that class. As the claims 
 
Examination of Insurance Companies 239 
 
 of each year are disposed of the reserve would auto- 
 matically disappear. 
 
 It will be noted that the application of this method 
 for a number of years will yield results which will not 
 require the use of the arbitrary constant referred to, 
 and it seems to me that among the advantages which 
 it possesses is the one which removes from the con- 
 sideration of the loss reserve, the premium which was 
 charged to the insured; rates made in competition, 
 therefore, cease to be a disturbing factor in this 
 method of calculation. 
 
 I have attempted to show that the premium is the 
 substance and the loss reserve is the shadow; if the 
 premium be once derived by safe, sane methods, loss 
 reserves will take care of themselves. The derivation 
 of the premium in the manner outlined will enable the 
 State to insist that no premium lower than the recog- 
 nized minimum rate shall be charged by any company. 
 Similar action is now enforced by the State in its super- 
 vision of life insurance companies, for if one of these 
 companies should use premiums less than those pre- 
 scribed by the tables of mortality and interest fixed by 
 the State as a minimum standard, it is visited with a 
 penalty in the shape of additional reserves and the 
 penalty has proven to be severe enough to deter any 
 company from following a course which in the opinion 
 of the State would be unsafe. 
 
 The method suggested above would entail no hard- 
 ship upon the well managed company; if the minimum 
 rate should be higher than that required by its careful 
 underwriting, the difference would be temporarily car- 
 ried in its loss reserve and ultimately find its way into 
 its surplus. 
 
240 Examination of Insurance Companies 
 
 To summarize, I would say that in my opinion the 
 new compensation law will have a decided effect upon 
 the loss ratio of the companies, and therefore, upon 
 the question of reserves which should be maintained 
 for the unpaid losses. For the method suggested 
 above, no originality is claimed, for the idea must have 
 been in the minds of practical underwriters for some 
 time. If, however, I have succeeded in making the 
 necessity for concerted action in this direction more 
 apparent to you, I feel that I have accomplished the 
 purpose of my talk. 
 
INDEX 
 
 [241] 
 
INDEX 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Accident companies, method of treating outstanding losses in ... . 94 
 
 Accounts of insolvent debtors in credit companies 106 
 
 Accrued interest 53 
 
 Accumulation factors 77 
 
 Administrators' bonds 98 
 
 Advance premiums 117 
 
 Advisory Board contracts 116, 144 
 
 Agents' balances in fire companies 55 
 
 Agents' balances in life companies 54 
 
 Agents' debit balances 54 
 
 Amortization 70 
 
 Amortization of bonds with redemption privileges 79 
 
 Amortization, unscientific approximation of 78 
 
 Annual statements, paid-for basis 61 
 
 Annual statements, written basis 61 
 
 Annuities certain 91 
 
 Annuity claims unpaid 93 
 
 Annuity payments 142 
 
 Appeal bonds 98 
 
 Application of schedules to annual statement 167 
 
 Appreciation in assets allowed 69 
 
 Assets, appreciation in, allowed 69 
 
 Assets, non-admitted 64 
 
 Attitude of examiner 11 
 
 Bills of lading, guaranty for 179 
 
 Bills receivable 53 
 
 Bonds 30 
 
 Bonds, amortization of 70 
 
 Bonds, coupon 36 
 
 Bonds, depreciation in 68 
 
 Bonds, government 30 
 
 Bonds, industrial 32 
 
 Bonds, irrigation 32 
 
 Bonds, municipal 31 
 
 Bonds, public service 32 
 
 Bonds, railroad 32 
 
 Bonds, registered 36 
 
 Bonds, state 31 
 
 [243] 
 
244 Index 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Bonds, with redemption privileges, amortization of 79 
 
 Book value of ledger assets over market value 68 
 
 Borrowed money 120 
 
 Capital stock 121 
 
 Capital stock may not be used for establishing business 65 
 
 Capital stock owned 65 
 
 Cash advanced to officers 66 
 
 Cash, certificate for checking deposits of 47 
 
 Cash in bank 46 
 
 Cash in office 46 
 
 Cash, percentage which should be held 46 
 
 Classification of fidelity and surety risks 163 
 
 Collateral loans 42 
 
 Collateral loans, insufficiency of collateral deposits protecting. ... 68 
 
 Commuted commissions 66 
 
 Companies' own occupancy 20 
 
 Contingency reserve 95, 125 
 
 Contractors' bonds 98 
 
 Co-surety 102 
 
 Credit companies, accounts of insolvent debtors in 106 
 
 Credit companies, unearned premiums of 107 
 
 Credit insurance policy, definition of 104 
 
 Credit insurance, special liabilities applicable to 104 
 
 Credit policies, limitation of risk on 183 
 
 Credit policies, limits of risks 113 
 
 Death claims, liabilities on account of 92 
 
 Death losses resisted 93 
 
 Deferred dividend policies 128 
 
 Deferred premiums 57 
 
 Deferred premiums, loading on 63 
 
 Depository bonds 102 
 
 Depreciation in bonds 68 
 
 Depreciation in mortgages 68 
 
 Depreciation in real estate 68 
 
 Depreciation in stocks 68 
 
 Directors not to be interested in sales or purchases 36 
 
 Dividend liabilities of life insurance companies 124 
 
 Dividends 143 
 
 Excess credit 66 
 
 Excess interest earnings 130 
 
 Excise bonds 98, 175 
 
 Excise Reinsurance Association 176 
 
Index 245 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Fidelity policies, method of checking issuance of 100 
 
 Fidelity policy, definition of 98 
 
 Fidelity risks classified 163 
 
 Fire insurance premiums paid in advance 54 
 
 Fire losses 97 
 
 Fraternal organizations, uncollected premiums in 62 
 
 Fraternals, additional schedule for 158 
 
 Furniture and fixtures 53 
 
 General rules for examinations 134 
 
 Guaranteed certificates 179 
 
 Guaranty of bills of lading 179 
 
 Guardians' bonds 98 
 
 Health companies, method of treating outstanding losses in 94 
 
 Installment payments 142 
 
 Installment policies 89 
 
 Interest accrued 53 
 
 Interest, effective rate of 79 
 
 Interest on policy loans paid in advance 50 
 
 Investments 16 
 
 Ledger assets, book value of, over market value 68 
 
 Liability companies, loss reserves of 112 
 
 Liability companies, special reserve for unpaid losses 109 
 
 Liability losses, different methods of settling 110 
 
 Liability policy, definition of 109 
 
 Liability policy differs from Workmen's Collective policy 110 
 
 Liability policies, limitation of risk on 183 
 
 Liability policies, limits of risks 113 
 
 Liens given when policies are changed 51 
 
 Liens of reorganized assessment companies 50 
 
 Liens, sources of 50 
 
 Life insurance companies, liabilities on account of death claims of. 92 
 
 Life insurance losses 142 
 
 Life insurance policies, net value of 80 
 
 Life insurance policies, reinsurance credits on 87 
 
 Limitation of risk 181 
 
 Limitation of risk on credit policies 183 
 
 Limitation of risk on liability policies 183 
 
 Limits of risk 113 
 
 Loading on uncollected and deferred premiums 63 
 
 Loans on collateral 42 
 
 Loans on policies 44 
 
 Losses due and unpaid 92 
 
246 Index 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Losses in life insurance companies 142 
 
 Losses in process of adjustment 92 
 
 Losses, reinsurance on 95 
 
 Losses reported, no proofs received 93 
 
 Losses under liability policies, different methods of settling 110 
 
 Loss reserves for liability companies 112 
 
 Maintenance bonds 98 
 
 Marine companies, unearned premiums of 86 
 
 Matured endowments due and unpaid 93 
 
 Mean reserve 81 
 
 Miscellaneous liabilities 115 
 
 Mortgagee clause, fire policies on mortgaged property should 
 
 contain 25 
 
 Mortgages 22 
 
 Mortgages, abstract of title of 24 
 
 Mortgages, appraisal of 25 
 
 Mortgages, depreciation in 68 
 
 Mortgages, guaranteed 27 
 
 Mortgages, margin of safety in 22 
 
 Mortgages, notice of interest due on 27 
 
 Mortgages on unimproved property 25 
 
 Mortgages, partial payments on 23 
 
 Mortgages, purchase-money 26 
 
 Mortgages, recording tax on 24 
 
 Mortgages, second mortgages not permitted 24 
 
 Mortality savings 130 
 
 Net terminal value 81 
 
 Net value of life insurance policies 80 
 
 New York excise risks 175 
 
 Non-admitted assets 64 
 
 Non-participating policies 124 
 
 Officers not to be interested in sales or purchases 36 
 
 Over- statement of disbursements 136 
 
 Paid-for basis 138 
 
 Participating policies 124 
 
 Perpetual policies 87 
 
 Plate glass losses 97 
 
 Policies in hands of agents 184 
 
 Policyholders' basis 137 
 
 Policy loans 44 
 
 Policy loans, interest on, paid in advance 50 
 
 Policy loans, unearned interest on 118 
 
IiTOEX 247 
 
 PAaE. 
 
 Policy loans, verifying schedule of 48 
 
 Premium notes , 52 
 
 Premium on capital stock 139 
 
 Premiums deferred 57 
 
 Premiums in course of collection 56 
 
 Premiums on bonds, improper method of treating 72 
 
 Premiums paid in advance 117 
 
 Premiums, semi-annual and quarterly 58 
 
 Premiums uncollected 60 
 
 Profit and loss account 148 
 
 Quarterly premiums 58 
 
 Real estate 16 
 
 Real estate, abstract for 17 
 
 Real estate, appraisal of 19 
 
 Real estate, deed for 17 
 
 Real estate, depreciation in 68 
 
 Real estate, division of examination of 17 
 
 Real estate, fire insurance policies protecting 21 
 
 Real estate, limitations in regard to owning 16 
 
 Real estate, may only be held for limited time 21 
 
 Real estate, method for arriving at market value of 19 
 
 Referees' bonds 98 
 
 Reinsurance credit for life policies 87 
 
 Reinsurance on losses 95 
 
 Reinsurance on losses due 54 
 
 Reinsurance should be taken into account in calculation of un- 
 earned premiums 87 
 
 Rents paid in advance 54 
 
 Resisted claims, method of treating 93 
 
 Resisted death losses 93 
 
 Sale of capital stock to policyholders forbidden 122 
 
 Salvage 101, 143 
 
 Savings from loadings 130 
 
 Schedules 149 
 
 Semi-annual premiums 58 
 
 Sources of dividend earnings 130 
 
 Special contracts 116, 144 
 
 Special liabilities 104 
 
 Special liabilities applicable to credit insurance 104 
 
 Special reserve for unpaid losses of liability companies 109 
 
 Standard forms of life insurance policies 126 
 
 Stock of similar corporation may be bought by surety companies . , 42 
 
 Stocks 38 
 
248 Index 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 stocks, common 40 
 
 Stocks, depreciation in 68 
 
 Stocks, guaranteed 41 
 
 Stocks, life insurance companies not permitted to invest in 40 
 
 Stocks, preferred 40 
 
 Supervision, history of 9 
 
 Surety bonds, definition of 98 
 
 Surety bonds, method of checking issuance of 100 
 
 Surety risks classified 163 
 
 Supplies, stationery and printed matter 66 
 
 Supply bonds 98 
 
 Surplus 123 
 
 Surrender values 143 
 
 Surrender values claimable 91 
 
 Tax lien, transfer of 28 
 
 Title insurance 18 
 
 Tontine policies 128 
 
 Unassigned funds 123 
 
 Uncollected premiums 60 
 
 Uncollected premiums in fraternal organizations 62 
 
 Uncollected premiimis, loading on 63 
 
 Under-statement of receipts 136 
 
 Unearned interest on policy loans 118 
 
 Unearned premium account not scientifically computed 82 
 
 Unearned premiums of credit companies 107 
 
 Unearned premium of fire company, method of verifying 185 
 
 Unearned premiums of marine companies 86 
 
 Unearned premiums on pro rata basis 83 
 
 Unpaid annuity claims 93 
 
 Voluntary reserve 95 
 
 Voucher-cheques 141 
 
 Window dressing 44 
 
 Workmen's Collective policy diflFers from liability policy 110 
 
 Workmen's Compensation Act, probability of Ill 
 
 Written basis 138 
 
 CFTME \ 
 
 UNIVERSSTY ) 
 
 OF JJ 
 

 THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 
 AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS 
 
 WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO REn"URN 
 THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY 
 WILL INCREASE TO 50 CENTS ON THE FOURTH 
 DAY AND TO $1.00 ON THE SEVENTH DAY 
 OVERDUE. 
 
 M«31 \^ 
 
 NOV IS 
 
 /u'. 
 
 Jy 
 
 1i3$. 
 
 ^^ 
 
 '^<J0 
 
 Sep 
 
 '^^ m^ 
 
 ?]^ 
 
 MAR 26 1944 
 
 I ... -^ u 
 
 3lkl'57J 
 
 8Mar'63 PS' 
 
 ii'i *^ > rtwiiiSJ 
 
 FEB 2 2 1353 
 
 JUM4 ise3 
 
 JAN 21 1969 8 
 
 REC'D LD 
 JUL 1 9 1S&1 
 
 REC'D LD 
 
 JAN I A "M -10 AM 
 
 LU •J1-20)hO,'u'J 
 
 (k^ 
 
 r ^9 
 

 YU ZS^Zsi 
 
 ^d 8077 
 
 211710 
 
 
^^;^^•.■'^v'^■' ■ v^^tv'^''-^'/-^^